Spare Parts Gatalogue Getman Parte 1

MANUAL INDEX
A-64 DUNBAR ANFO

MINERA BISMARK
S/N 6964
11/02/07
1. INTRODUCTION /GENERAL INFORMATION
F1008 PARTS ORDER INSTRUCTIONS

F1000 GETMAN WARRANTY
F1009 COMPONENT LIST
M1027 A-64 OPERATING MANUAL
M1006 ANFO OPERATING MANUAL
M1023 DUNBAR CRANE OPERATION MANUAL
S1000 BOLTS TORQUE & SIZE SAE
F1003 LUBRICANTS CROSS REFERENCE
F1001 STORAGE PROCEDURES
F1002 TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK LIST
F1004 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FORMS
F1005 SERVICE REPORT FORM
F1006 SHIFT CHANGE CHECK LIST
2. CHASSIS
10368 SIGHT GAUGE

10376 FILL CAP (FUEL OIL)
10398 FILL CAP (HYDRAULIC OIL)
10448 HOLD DOWN FASTENERS
13533 SEAT ASSEMBLY
13942 STEERING (PINS, BEARINGS, BUSHINGS)
12043 ARTICULATION INSTALLATION
3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS
30304 WIRING DIAGRAM

17092 INSTRUMENT PANEL
13918 ALTERNATOR
4. ENGINE AND ACCESSORIES
F1011 DEUTZ WARRANTY POLICY

S1056 ENGINE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
S1057 ENGINE PARTS MANUAL
F1012 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION
13715 ENGINE FILTERS
17096 RADIATOR INSTALLATION
13753 AIR INTAKE & EXHAUST SYSTEMS
11968 AIR CLEANER
S1020 EXHAUST INFORMATION
MANUAL INDEX
A-64 DUNBAR ANFO
MINERA BISMARK
S/N 6964
11/02/07
5. DRIVE TRAIN
17055 TRANSMISSION
16922 TRANSMISSION MOUNTS
S1036 TRANSMISSION MAINTENANCE & SERVICE
MANUAL
17101 DRIVELINE INSTALLATION
6. AXLE
10829 AXLE ORIENTATION

13335 AXLE ASSEMBLY
13332 AXLE CRADLE INSTALLATION
S1037 AXLE SERVICE & REPAIR MANUAL
13158 BRAKE ACTUATOR
S1023 BRAKE ACTUATOR INSTALLATION
17095 TIRE & RIM
S1007 TIRE SERVICE
7. BRAKE SYSTEM
31517 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

13378 BRAKE VALVE
S1008 BRAKE VALVE SERVICE
16483 DUAL CHARGE VALVE
S1009 DUAL CHARGE VALVE SERVICE
12976 ACCUMULATOR
MANUAL INDEX
A-64 DUNBAR ANFO
MINERA BISMARK
S/N 6964
11/02/07
8. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
31517 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

13259 FILTER (HYDRAULIC)
12860 STEERING ORBITROL
S1024 STEERING ORBITROL SERVICE
13444 MOTOR (ROTATION GEAR BOX)
S1010 PUMP SERVICE
17170 JACK CONTROL VALVE
17205 REMOTE CONTROL BOOM VALVE (IN BASKET)
17205 CONTROL BOOM VALVE
13943 STEERING CYLINDER
13970 BOOM LEVELING CYLINDER
17075 BOOM LIFT CYLINDER
13429 BOOM EXTENSION CYLINDER
13628 BASKET LEVELING CYLINDER
13627 STABILIZER CYLINDER
9. CONTROLS
13905 ELECTRIC SHIFTER

10827 STEERING WHEEL & COLUMN
13025 THROTTLE (HYDRAULIC)
13305 HAND THROTTLE LINKAGE
16976 RESERVOIR (HYDRAULIC)
10. MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
S1011 FIRE EXTINGUISHER

S1012 FIRE PROTECTION INFORMATION MANUAL
S1013 FIRE SUPPRESSION MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23276 FIRE SUPPRESSION INSTALLATION
16721 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
17110 BOOM INSTALLATION
13432 ROTATION GEAR BOX
15174 ANFO PIPING SCHEMATIC (WITH AIR BOOST
CLEAN OUT)
15175 ANFO PIPING SCHEMATIC (POT)
13712 ANFO ACTUATOR
S1027 ACTUATOR SERVICE MANUAL
13651 STABILIZER INSTALLATION
13390 COMPRESSOR DRIVE & MOUNT
S1062 COMPRESSOR INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MANUAL INDEX
A-64 DUNBAR ANFO
MINERA BISMARK
S/N 6964
11/02/07
1. INTRODUCTION /GENERAL INFORMATION
F1008 PARTS ORDER INSTRUCTIONS

F1000 GETMAN WARRANTY
F1009 COMPONENT LIST
M1027 A-64 OPERATING MANUAL
M1006 ANFO OPERATING MANUAL
M1023 DUNBAR CRANE OPERATION MANUAL
S1000 BOLTS TORQUE & SIZE SAE
F1003 LUBRICANTS CROSS REFERENCE
F1001 STORAGE PROCEDURES
F1002 TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK LIST
F1004 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FORMS
F1005 SERVICE REPORT FORM
F1006 SHIFT CHANGE CHECK LIST
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ORDERING F1008
REPAIR PARTS Page 1 of 1
TO AVOID DELAYS AND ASSURE THE MOST EFFICIENT HANDLING, PLEASE

SPECIFY THE FOLLOWING ON ALL ORDERS.
• MODEL TYPE AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER OF YOUR MACHINE.
• NAME, MODEL NUMBER, AND SERIAL NUMBER OF THE ASSEMBLY (SUCH

AS A TRANSMISSION) FOR WHICH THE PART REQUIRED.
• PART NUMBER (REFER TO THE CORRECT REPAIR PART NUMBER).
• GIVE COMPLETE PART DESCRIPTION.
• EXACT QUANTITY OF PART REQUIRED. (DO NOT ORDER BY SET UNLESS

SET IS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN PARTS MANUAL. IN THOSE
INSTANCES, SPECIFY ONE (1) SET OF ___________ MATCHES PIECES.)
• SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS (INCLUDE ROUTING WHEN POSSIBLE).
• BILLING INSTRUCTIONS.
PLEASE PLACE ALL ORDERS WITH YOUR LOCAL GETMAN DISTRIBUTOR OR

CALL 1-800-533-1110 OR 269-427-5611.
MODEL A-64 TYPE DUNBAR ANFO
SPEC. 3406 SERIAL NO. 6964
Updated:
08/31/07
F1000
Limited Warranty
Getman Corporation warrants each new vehicle manufactured by it to be free from defects in materials and
workmanship for one (1) year or two thousand (2,000) hours of operation (whichever occurs first) from the
date of delivery to the first user, excepting the vehicle mainframe which is warranted to be free from defects
in materials and workmanship for five (5) years or ten thousand (10,000) hours of operation (whichever
occurs first).
This warranty is limited to the replacement or repair, at Getman’s factory or at a point designated by Getman,
of such part which is found by Getman, after inspection, to be defective in materials or workmanship. Repair
parts provided under this warranty are warranted for the remainder of the warranty period of the vehicle to the
same extent as if such parts were original components thereof.
This warranty does not apply to:
1. Engines, tires, batteries, or other components which are warranted directly to the user by the
respective manufacturers thereof;
2. Any vehicle or component which has been repaired or altered in such a way, and in Getman’s
judgment, as to affect the product adversely;
3. Any vehicle or component which has, in Getman’s judgment, been subject to negligence, accident or
improper storage or usage;
4. Any vehicle which has not been operated and maintained in accordance with normal practices and
within the recommendations of Getman; and
5. Any vehicle or component or accessory manufactured by others and supplied by Getman on special
order by the first user.
This warranty does not obligate Getman to bear the costs of labor or transportation charges in connection with
the replacement or repair of defective vehicles or parts.
ALL WARRANTIES IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SAID WARRANTIES BEING
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.
GETMAN WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY RESULTING FROM
DELAY IN DELIVERY OR INSTALLATION OF THE GOODS OR FOR ANY FAILURE TO PERFORM
WHICH IS DUE TO CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND ITS CONTROL. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF
ANY, OF GETMAN FOR ALL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATIONS CONTRACT
DAMAGES FOR INJURIES TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY, WHETHER ARISING FROM GETMAN’S
BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR OTHER TORT WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS, IS LIMITED AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED
HEREIN. IN NO EVENT SHALL GETMAN BE LIABLE TO BUYER FOR ANY INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST
REVENUES AND PROFITS, EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. THE RIGHT TO RECOVER DAMAGES WITHIN THE LIMITATION SPECIFIED IS
BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE ALTERNATIVE REMEDY IN THE EVENT THAT ANY OTHER
CONTRACTUAL REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
Any dispute arising out of or relating to an alleged breach of this warranty shall be submitted for resolution to
arbitration. Such arbitration shall be conducted according to the rules of the American Arbitration
Association, and any reward shall, if deemed necessary by either party, be submitted to the appropriate
judicial body for confirmation as a judgment to such judicial body.
Getman Corporation, 59750 34th Avenue, Bangor, Michigan 49013, U.S.A./ Telephone: (269) 427-5611/ Facsimile: (269) 427-8781/ E-mail: info@getman.com.
® Registered Trademark of Getman Corporation
F1009
COMPONENT LIST
Page 1 of 1
Model: DUNBAR ANFO Type: A-64N
Shop No.: 3406 Serial No.: 6964 Truck No.: N/A
Customer: MINERA BISMARK
COMPONENT MANUFACTURER MODEL SPECIFICATION SERIAL NUMBER

ENGINE DEUTZ BF4M2012C 465231 10237445
TRANSMISSION CLARK 20000 465425 JBEA280819
CRADLE AXLE NEW HOLLAND D45I 464872 86578601 7C14
RIGID AXLE NEW HOLLAND D45I 464872 86578601 7C14
MAIN HYD PUMP COMMERCIAL P-30 494074 P30B197BIOB15-
25NRAB
FAN/ALT BELT GATES A-46 284017 N/A
OPTIONS:
COMPRESSOR ATLAS COPCO LE150 605543 WCF428144
MAN BASKET GETMAN N/A 21551-10 N/A
ANFO POT BAYCAR 636LBS 464874 D-136-43-2431-02
*WHEN ORDERING PARTS, ALWAYS GIVE MODEL AND SERIAL NUMBER OF UNIT. Updated:
11/12/07
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE M1027
MANUAL FOR MODEL A-64 CHASSIS Page 1 of 30
GETMAN CORPORATION
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE

MANUAL
FOR
MODEL A-64 CHASSIS
Read thoroughly before

operating vehicle
Updated:
08/22/07
INTRODUCTION RELATED MANUALS
This manual is a guide to proper, safe operation, Engine operation manual is included with the Parts and
lubrication, and minor adjustment of the Getman A-64 Service Manuals supplied with this vehicle. You should
Chassis. Each operator assigned to this vehicle should become familiar with these manuals.
study this manual carefully before starting or operating
the vehicle in order to become familiar with all the Getman has increased the frequency of many recommended
controls and procedures. maintenance procedures due to the vehicles demanding
application. These changes are noted at each maintenance
Getman A-64 Chassis are purchased with the expectation section end.
that it will provide long and faithful service. In its
construction, we have taken every precaution to see that
you receive an efficient, long-lived, satisfactory vehicle. A complete parts listing of engine train components,
However, to realize the full measure of value and utility applicable Electric/Air/Hydraulic systems, and mounted
that Getman has designed into this unit, a small amount of equipment is included in the Parts and Service Manual. This
time and expense must be invested in the performance of manual also contains service and repair information useful to
regular inspections and service as recommended in this maintenance department personnel.
manual. The small investment will pay off in low
operating costs, minimal service expenses, and most If you have any questions about operating or servicing this
importantly in personal safety. unit, contact your local Getman dealer or Getman Corporation
direct, immediately.
TABLE OF CONTENTS……………PAGE 2
Introduction…………………………………….2
Related Manuals………………………………..2
General Safety Precautions..…………………3-4
Name, Warning and Caution Plates……………5
Safety Notice……………………...…………...6
Fuel Shut-Off…………………………………..6
Service Position………………………………..6
Parking Procedure..……………………………6
Caution Statement….………………………….7
General Description………………………........8
Instrument Panel Descriptions……………...9-10
Instrument Warning Panel………………...11-12
Other Controls…………...................................12
Gauge Descriptions….…………………….13-14
Checks Before Start Up……………………….15
Starting Procedure…………………….……....16
Park Brake Test Procedure………………........17
After Engine Starts……………………………18
Operating Vehicle…………………………19-20
Maintenance Schedule……..……………...21-29
Specifications…………...…………………….30
Updated:
08/22/07
SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL
This symbol will appear at various points throughout the manual in

conjunction with warning statements. Its appearance means:
! ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!
This manual also uses the following messages:
NOTICE: Used for special information or instructions, relating to procedures, equipment, tools, and other special data.
IMPORTANT: Used when special precautions should be taken to ensure correct action or to avoid damage to or malfunction of
equipment.
CAUTION: Used as a reminder of safety hazards which can result in personal injury if proper precautions are not taken.
WARNING: Used when a hazard exists which can result in injury or death if proper precautions are not taken.
DANGER: Used when an extreme hazard exists which can result in serious injury or death if proper precautions are not taken.
RULES
Before performing any maintenance on the vehicle, review the following safety precautions. These are included for your
protection and safety.
Always observe the following general safety rules during operation of the vehicle. Also observe the safety rules set forth in the
work place. The need for additional rules for safe operation may arise due to particular mine applications. This should ONLY
be used as guidance.
• Read and carefully follow all instructions as outlined in the vehicle manuals.
• Ensure that all instruments, indicators, and operating controls are functioning.
• Never utilize operating controls as hand holds to assist entering or exiting a vehicle.
• Never stand when operating a vehicle in motion.
• Avoid wearing loose or baggy clothing when working around engines or other rotating or moving equipment.
Updated:
08/22/07
• Never allow riders in vehicles not designated to carry passengers.
• Never dismount from a vehicle unless brakes are set.
• Always lower ground engaging implements and utilize wheel chocks when vehicle is parked.
• If parking on a grade is unavoidable, point the vehicle towards the rib, engage the parking brake, lower all ground engaging
implements and utilize wheel chocks.
• Avoid smoking or open flame around fuel.
• Always be aware of location of nearest fire extinguisher.
• Always ensure that excess grease, oil, etc., are cleaned up immediately to prevent a potential fire hazard.
• Check operation of brake circuit prior to beginning of each shift.
• Never remove any elements of the engine’s exhaust system or any safety guards when vehicle is in operation.
• Never utilize a vehicle for an application other than it was originally designed for.
• Watch out for others. They may not be watching out for you!
CANOPY
• Your GETMAN vehicle could be equipped with a MSHA canopy or cab option. These are designed to provide protection to
the operator in the event of a rollover of the vehicle or from foreign objects falling on the operator’s area. There will be a label
attached to the structure which will include the structure serial number, vehicle weights, and vehicle model numbers.
• Modifications such as adding attachments to the cab/canopy, welding, cutting, and/or drilling holes can weaken the structure,
lessen operator protection, and void certification. Should your vehicle sustain damage to the structure, contact your local
distributor prior to performing repairs.
IMPORTANT: Any modification not supplied by Getman Corporation or by OEM should be approved prior to change
by Getman.
WARNING: The seat belt is an important part of the MSHA canopy safety system. Failure to wear a seat belt can
cause extreme injury or death.
Updated:
08/22/07
NAME, WARNING AND CAUTION PLATES

Locate and understand all name plates and decals, including the Getman Model/Serial Number Plate and two types of Warning
Plates. These are placed there for your safety and protection. Should any of these labels require replacement, please notify your
local Getman Distributor to order the appropriate label. Please be sure to provide the correct vehicle serial number with your
order.
Updated:
08/22/07
SAFETY NOTICE • Do not allow riders. Passengers must be seated in proper

Safety depends on well maintained, properly operated seats with seat belts fastened.
equipment. Following service and maintenance
recommendations set forth in this manual will result in a reliable • Do not enter or exit a vehicle when in motion.
vehicle. Observing operating procedures can help you avoid
accidents. Listed below are some basic safety precautions which • Do not pump the brake pedal.
should be read, understood and practiced. It is, however,
impossible to cover every condition. Always be alert, think • Do not drive the vehicle over electrical cables.
SAFETY at all times, and use common sense.
• Do not operate a vehicle with a defective exhaust system.
DO
• Do read this manual thoroughly before operating vehicle. • Do not re-fuel the vehicle with engine running.
• Do learn to recognize and avoid potential hazard areas, FUEL SHUT OFF
such as the articulation area. Close fuel line valves at tank ports.
• Do perform all recommended checks. SERVICE POSITION

Throughout this manual, you will be told to place the vehicle in
• Do report all vehicle defects. SERVICE POSITION.
• Do check the area around entire vehicle prior to entering 1. Park vehicle on level area and block wheels.
the operator’s compartment.
2. Apply parking brake.
• Do carefully inspect and fasten seat belt.
3. Lock frame articulation joint by installing safety bar. (articulating
• Do sound horn before starting engine. vehicle only)
• Do operate vehicle with caution. 4. Stop engine.
• Do park vehicle on level surface, if possible, and block Complete procedure before servicing vehicle.
wheels.
• Do use parking brake.
• Do place transmission gear selector in neutral (N) when not

in use.
• Do enter and exit operator’s compartment carefully. PARKING PROCEDURE

1. Park vehicle away from traffic, and turn into the rib.
• Do use proper tools for service.
2. Apply the parking brake and place transmission in neutral (N).
DO NOT
• Do not operate while under the influence of alcohol or
3. If the vehicle has been operating in a working condition just prior
drugs.
to parking, allow engine to cool. Park and run at idle for 1 to 2
minutes.
• Do not allow pedestrians near vehicle when engine is in
operation.
4. Stop engine.
• Do not arc weld on vehicle without first turning master
5. Block wheels.
switch to off position.
Updated:
08/22/07
CAUTION STATEMENT 8. EXHAUST SYSTEM

Use this equipment under the following conditions. Keep exhaust piping tight at all times. Do not allow piping to
become blocked. The maximum back pressure (positive) in exhaust
1. GENERAL SAFETY system at full throttle, no load, 2500 RPM must not exceed the engine
This diesel-powered vehicle may only be designed for use in manufacturer’s recommended value.
non-coal mines. Such mines are those in which material being
mined is incombustible or contains at least 65% by weight of 9. EXHAUST PURIFIER
incombustible material, and in which underground atmosphere Purifier can lose efficiency when used on engines producing
in any open workings contain less than 0.25% by volume of excessive amounts of blue and/or black smoke. Other engine
flammable gas. Tunneling operations in which underground malfunctions such as stuck or leaking injectors will also cause loss of
conditions confirm with the foregoing are in the same category efficiency. Compression loss will lead to lower exhaust temperature
as non-coal mines. Any questions pertaining to the design of and loss of purifier efficiency.
this vehicle, please contact your local distributor. Make
frequent inspections to see all engine intake and exhaust parts, 10. FUEL
all electrical components, including wiring and all other Use only diesel fuel recommended by the engine manufacturer for
equipment, are in safe operating condition. There must be no satisfactory engine operation. The flash point must not be less than
openings in any part of the engine exhaust system except one 140°F or sulfur content greater than 0.5% by weight. When filling
exhaust outlet originally provided. fuel tanks underground, transport fuel in secure metal containers.
Store fuel containers in closed, incombustible compartments while
All circuit breakers for overload protection in electrical circuits awaiting transfer to the fuel tank of the diesel vehicle. Keep fuel in
must be kept in good condition. ventilated area.
2. FASTENERS 11. FIRE EXTINGUISHER

Keep all bolts, nuts, screws and other fasteners for electrical Each diesel vehicle must carry at least one dry type or CO² type
enclosures in place. Properly tighten and secure them. pressurized fire extinguisher at all times.
Similarly, keep fasteners for the engine cylinder head, intake
and exhaust systems in place, properly tightened and secured. 12. VEHICLE OUT OF SERVICE
Each out of service vehicle must have an “OUT OF SERVICE” tag
3. REPAIRS AND RENEWALS displayed.
Take special care when making repairs and renewals. Use new
parts exactly like those furnished by original manufacturer. Use
gaskets from the manufacturer only. Have all mating surfaces
clean and in proper condition.
4. BATTERY AND CABLES

WARNING!
Before working on or around batteries, turn the battery
disconnect switches off.
Improper operation of this vehicle can cause severe injury or
5. VENTILATION death!!!
The amount of fresh moving air for ventilation at any place
underground where the vehicle is working must meet the engine
manufacturer’s minimum requirements. This ventilation must
be supplied in addition to that required for other diesel powered
vehicles and other requirements. Shut off the engine whenever
underground ventilation stops for any reason. It is
recommended the engine be shut off any time the vehicle is not
in use. Do not idle engine for excessively long periods.
6. ENGINE
Replace any faulty part with manufacturer’s parts.
7. INTAKE SYSTEM
Air must flow freely into intake system. Maximum pressure
(vacuum) through intake system at full throttle, no load, 2500
RPM should not exceed engine manufacture’s recommended
value. This diesel engine should not exceed (25) inches of water
(dirty filter). A restriction indicator will provide warning
indication by turning red when twenty (20) inches of water is
achieved. Inspect the intake air cleaner at regular intervals and
clean or replace as necessary.
Updated:
08/22/07
GENERAL DESCRIPTION Every effort has been made to ensure that you can stop this
vehicle. The service brakes (axle brakes) are fully enclosed
Getman Model A-64 Chassis is a four wheel drive, wet disk type, with a dual system, permitting separate circuitry
articulating frame steering vehicle powered by a diesel for front and rear brakes. Should a failure occur in either
engine. The power of the engine is transmitted through circuit, the other circuit remains functional. The spring set,
the torque converter to a powershift transmission. From hydraulically released, service brakes which also serve as
the transmission, drive shafts with universal joints parking brakes, are manually set and released by utilizing the
transmit the power to the deep reduction, inboard dash mounted push/pull control button. The front and rear
planetary drive axles. service brakes are also used as secondary brake which
automatically apply in the event of loss of hydraulic or
transmission pressure. This brake can also be manually
applied in the event of complete hydraulic system failure.
This vehicle is equipped with two red Brake Warning lights

CAUTION located in the instrument panel. These are for each the front
Steering is not functional when engine is not running. and rear brake circuits. These warning lights will illuminate if
hydraulic pressure in either brake circuit drops below the
Steering is full hydraulic power type, utilizing a flange preset 1100 PSI (76 BAR) level. The front and rear service
mounted direct drive hydraulic gear pump which provides brakes will automatically apply if the hydraulic pressure in the
hydraulic fluid to an orbitrol valve operated by the brake circuit drops below 1100 PSI (76 BAR). The Brake
steering wheel. This operates the two steer cylinders Impending light in the Warning Panel will illuminate when
located in the articulation joint. hydraulic pressure drops below 1200 PSI. All the instruments
require to operate the vehicle are located in the operator’s
area. Become familiar with the position and function of each.
Updated:
08/22/07
INSTRUMENT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS
465313-200
1. Engine Oil PSI Gauge: This gauge indicates engine 5. Tachometer Gauge: Indicates engine RPM’s
oil pressure. Normal operating pressure is 45-60 PSI.
6. Converter Oil Temperature Gauge: Normal
2. Engine Temperature Gauge: This gauge indicates transmission/Converter operating temperature 160°-
engine temperature. 220°F (71°-104°C). If gauge indicates higher
temperature, stop vehicle, shift transmission into
3. Voltmeter: Indicates battery charging or neutral, apply parking brake and run engine at 1000-
discharging. 1200 RPM until oil temperature returns to normal.
See Transmission Service Manual in Section 5 for
4. Hourmeter: Indicates truck hours when start switch more information.
is turned to the on position.
Updated:
08/22/07
7. Transmission Pressure Gauge: Transmission 18. Light Switch: Four position switch turn as follows:
pressure gauge indicates pressure being regulated and Position 1- Off
provided to the transmission clutches. If the gauge Position 2- Front lights and rear red
fails to register pressure after engine start up, shut Position 3- All lights on.
down engine immediately and contact maintenance. Position 4- Rear lights and rear red.
Normal operating pressure is approximately 300 PSI.
See Transmission Service Manual in Section 5 for 19. Beacon Light Switch (Optional): Toggle switch to
more information. turn Beacon Light on if equipped.
8. Parking/Secondary Brake Button: Push to apply, 20. Warning Panel: See Instrument Warning Panel for
pull to release. detailed description.
9. Park Brake Test Button: For vehicles equipped 21. Canopy Light Switch (Optional): Toggle switch to
with a “Park Brake Test” button, depressing and turn Canopy Light on if equipped.
holding this button allows the operator to engage the
transmission for testing of the park brake.
Follow the instruction tag as follows:
1. Apply parking brake.
2. Place transmission in 3rd gear F.
3. Increase engine RPM to maximum.
4. Vehicle should not move.
If vehicle moves, park vehicle in a safe area, apply wheel
chocks and notify maintenance for brake inspection
and/or adjustment. If vehicle is equipped with Ford/New
Holland axles, the service brakes act as the parking brake
and are tested with this procedure.
10. Boom Light Switch (Optional): Toggle switch to

turn Boom Lights on if equipped.
11. Horn Button: Push to sound horn.
12. Circuit Breakers: Consists of 10, 20 and 30 AMP

breakers used for gauges, lights, horns, etc…
13. PLC Reset Switch (Optional): Used to reset engine

controls. Pull out for 30 seconds, fuse will reset.
Push back in and restart engine.
14. Glowplug Override Button: Used when engine

does not need the aid of glowplugs for starting.
15. Glowplug Preheat Indicator: Informs operator

when Glowplugs are preheated.
16. Warning Buzzer: Used to alert operator when

transmission temperature exceeds 250°F or when
transmission pressure falls below 60 PSI. Buzzer
will also briefly sound on start up.
17. Start Switch: Turn switch to position 1 for preheat,

and momentary turn to position 2 to start engine.
Updated:
08/22/07
INSTRUMENT WARNING PANEL
HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE PARK BRAKE
(RED) (RED) (RED)
ACCUMULATOR
PRESSURE LOW
FRONT BRAKES
(RED)
POWER ON
(GREEN)
TRANSMISSION
FAULT
(RED)
ACCUMULATOR
PRESSURE LOW
REAR BRAKES
(RED)
DECLUTCH
IMPENDING (RED)
AUTO BRAKE
APPLICATION
(YELLOW)
• HYDRAULIC PRESSURE LOW: This light illuminates when the hydraulic

system detects a sudden drop in pressure.
• STOP ENGINE: This light illuminates in the event of an engine fault being detected
by the engine electronic control system. This is considered to be a major fault which
will require immediate attention. Shut down the engine as soon as possible and notify
maintenance.
• PARK BRAKE: This light illuminates when the driveline parking brake is engaged.
When the parking brake is released to set the vehicle in motion, this light will not be
illuminated.
Updated:
08/22/07
• TRANSMISSION: This light illuminates in the event of low hydraulic oil pressure
or high transmission temperature.
• POWER ON LIGHT: The power light is an indication that the ignition switch has
been turned to the “ON” position. It will remain illuminated until the ignition is
turned off.
• FRONT AND REAR BRAKES: Two individual lights are in the display to provide
the operator with information regarging possible auto brake application. These lights
are an indication that less than 1100 PSI exists in either the forward or rear brake
circuit. Auto brake application occurs when brake system pressure falls below 1100
PSI.
• BRAKE IMPENDING: This light illuminates when hydraulic pressure in either the
front or rear brake circuit falls below the 1200 PSI range. This is a warning to the
operator of a possible impending auto brake application which occurs below 1100
PSI.
• DECLUTCH: This light illuminates when the transmission selector is disabled.
Depending on options chosen, the following can activate the declutch option.
1. Parking Brake is “ON”.
2. Diverter valve is in Accessories mode.
3. Stabilizer Jacks are not fully retracted.
4. Man basket is not stowed level on deck.
5. Scissor deck is in elevated position.
OTHER CONTROLS Gear Selector Lever- Move lever to position “1” for low
gear, position “2” for second and position “3” for third gear.
WARNING
Never free wheel vehicle. Free wheeling will cause serious
injury and damage vehicle.
Accelerator Pedal (Not Shown)- Push to increase engine

RPM.
Brake Pedal (Not Shown)- Push to activate service brakes.
Seat Adjustment (Not Shown)- Adjust for operator comfort.

Direction Selector Lever- Move selector lever to “F” for
forward. Move selector lever to “R” for reverse direct. “N” is
for neutral
Updated:
08/22/07
GAUGE DESCRIPTIONS
Normal transmission/converter temperatures are between 180°F-220°F (82°C-104°C). Should temperatures rise
above the 220°F range, apply parking brake, place transmission in neutral and increase engine speed to approximately
1000 RPM until temperatures return to normal range.
Transmission pressure gauge indicates pressure being regulated and provided to the transmission clutches. If the
gauge fails to register pressure after engine start up, shut down engine immediately and contact maintenance. Normal
operating pressure is approximately 300 PSI.
Updated:
08/22/07
GAUGE DESCRIPTION CONTINUED
Fuel gauges can be inside or outside of the cab. The gauge indicates the existing fuel level in the fuel reservoir.
Voltmeter indicates current battery voltage level, charging or discharging. There will either be a 16V gauge used for a
12V charging system or a 32V gauge used for a 24V charging system. With engine running a 12V charging system
should read 12-16 volts and 24 – 30 volts for a 24V charging system.
Pressure gauges are used to measure the hydraulic pressure system. They could be used to measure brake pressure, total
system pressure, etc.
Updated:
08/22/07
CHECKS BEFORE START UP
Check all the engine belt(s) for tension and condition. Worn or
gouged belt(s) should be replaced immediately.
Check area around vehicle for obstacles that might be damaged

by, or cause damage to, vehicle when it is driven.
Check Fire Extinguisher and replace as needed.
Check engine oil level. Fill as required with recommended

lubricant.
Make sure frame joint safety bar is not connected.
Check air cleaner sight gauge. If indicator is in the red zone,

clean or replace filter element(s). Visually inspect rubber
connectors and clamps.
Check lights and horn to ensure all are operational.

Check hydraulic oil reservoir level with engine shut off. Oil
level should not be above the top sight gauge or below the lower
sight gauge. Fill as required.
Check seat belt to make certain fastener works and belt is not
worn or cut. Adjust operator’s seat to a comfortable operating
position. Some seats have height adjustments.
Check tire pressure, 95 PSI (6.55 BAR) is recommended.

Check wheel nuts. Do not operate with loose or missing wheel
nuts.
Updated:
08/22/07
STARTING PROCEDURE
CAUTION
Transmission must be in neutral and park brake must be applied
to start engine.
IMPORTANT
Before you enter operators compartment, all personnel must be a
safe distance from vehicle.
Frame safety bar must not be connected.
1. Turn Battery and ECM Disconnects to “ON” position. 4. Move Directional Lever to neutral position.
NOTE: This switch could be located on the side of the vehicle,
in the cab, or both.
b
a
2. Adjust and fasten Seat Belt to a comfortable operating
position.
5. Turn Start Switch to “ON” position. (a)
6. Check all gauges and make sure they are functioning

properly. (b)
7. Push Horn Button to sound horn. (c)
8. Turn Start Switch to start position to engage starter motor

and hold until engine starts. NOTE: Do not hold for periods
longer than 15 seconds.
9. If engine, transmission, and hydraulic pressure gauges do

3. Push down Park Brake Button. not show pressure shortly after stat-up, stop engine and
determine cause.
NOTICE
DO NOT CRANK ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 30 SECONDS. ALLOW STARTER TO COOL FOR TWO MINUTES BEFORE
CRANKING AGAIN. TURBOCHARGER (IF EQUIPPED) DAMAGE CAN RESULT, IF THE ENGINE RPM IS NOT KEPT LOW
UNTIL THE ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE INDICATES PRESSURE IS SUFFICIENT.
Updated:
08/22/07
PARK BRAKE TEST PROCEDURE
NOTICE
Depressing the Park Brake Button located in the switch panel overrides the transmission declutch feature.
To test the Park Brake Only:

a
1. Set Park Brake. (a)
2. Depress & hold Park Brake Test Button. (b)
3. Place shifter in 3rd Gear. Forward.
4. Fully depress Throttle.
5. Vehicle Should Not move.
Updated:
08/22/07
3
AFTER ENGINE STARTS
4
2
Engine Oil Pressure #1 - Oil pressure should read 25-50 PSI at idle with engine at operating temperature. At full engine load,
pressure should read between 45-60 PSI. If gauge fails to show pressure after engine start up, stop engine immediately and find
cause.
Voltmeter #2- With engine running, voltage should read 12-16 volts for 12 volt vehicle systems and 24-30 volts for 24 volt
vehicle systems.
Transmission Temperature Gauge #3 & Transmission Pressure Gauge #4- During work cycles, if Trans/Converter Gauge
indicates temperature above 220°F, bring vehicle to a stop, place transmission in Neutral with park brake applied and increase
engine RPM to approximately 1000-1200 RPM. Maintain this RPM until Transmission temperature returns to normal levels.
Normal transmission operating pressure is approximately 250 PSI (17.2 BAR). Should transmission pressure fail to register upon
starting of vehicle, stop engine and contact maintenance.
Brake Pressure Gauges- There are two brake accumulator pressure gauges located on the side of the dash on the engine panel .
These display the individual hydraulic pressures existing in the front and rear brake accumulators. Normal operating pressure in
these gauges is between 1500 and 2200 PSI (103.5-151.5 BAR).
CAUTION
Stop engine immediately if any gauge is not in its set range.
Park Brake Test- This system is designed to hold a fully load vehicle on a 35% grade. For safety reasons, a parking brake test
should be performed at the beginning of each shift. See Park Brake Test Procedures for instructions on how to conduct this test.
WARNING
Do not operate any vehicle with a faulty parking/service brake system. Serious personal injury or damage to vehicle may result.
Updated:
08/22/07
OPERATING VEHICLE
1 4
• Once all gauges have been checked and are within normal operating ranges, vehicle is ready to
operate.
• Turn Light Switch #1 to the ON position.
• Depress Service Brake and hold #2.
• Check Brake Accumulator Pressure Gauges and check Instrument Panel Warning Display for Low
Pressure Warning Lights in Warning Panel #3.
• Ensure all hydraulic stabilizers are in the top position (if applicable)
• Check to be sure area is clear of all personnel and obstacles. Select forward by pushing the gear
selector lever to “F” position and select 1st gear pulling gear selector lever to “1” position.
• Pull Park Brake Button #2 to release the driveline disk brake.
• Depress horn button #4 on instrument panel to sound horn.
• Release Foot Brake Pedal, test steering for proper operation and move vehicle slowly by gently
depressing Accelerator Pedal with foot.
Updated:
08/22/07
OPERATING VEHICLE (CONT’D)
Acquaint yourself with the “FEEL” of the steering When satisfied that you can safely and comfortably
by driving the pattern shown above. Do this several operate the vehicle, find a long straight open stretch of
times until you become familiar with vehicle roadway and accelerate. Start in 1st gear, shift to 2nd
steering and feel you would be comfortable driving gear, and then to 3rd, etc. (if conditions permit). Make
the vehicle in traffic areas. To familiarize yourself certain area chosen is free of obstacles and/or other
with vehicle response to an automatic application of personnel. At higher speeds slight turns should be tried
the driveline brake, drive straight, remove foot from as long as there is no danger of hooking the rib or
accelerator pedal and push Park Brake Button while another vehicle. Stop vehicle and return transmission
still rolling. gear selector to neutral (N). Apply Park Brake. Check
all gauges again to be certain they are within normal
Park brake should set and vehicle should come to a operating range.
stop. If this does not occur, have brake circuit and
adjustment checked by authorized personnel. NOTE: When traveling up a grade, select lower gear if
torque converter oil temperature approaches 200°F (93
°C).
CAUTION!
When proceeding down grades, use 1st gear. Use of 2nd
or 3rd gear could cause engine over speeds and possible
safety hazards to operator.
Updated:
08/22/07
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AS REQUIRED

Place vehicle in service position.
NOTE:
Depending on dust conditions, air cleaner may require
daily service.
The vehicle will be equipped with one of the following air

filtration options. Determine which system your vehicle
is equipped with and refer to the proper section for service
instructions.
Check service indicator. Clear dust collector discharge slot
AIR CLEANER SERVICE PROCEDURE daily. Service air cleaner ONLY when indicator locks in red
NOTE: Lack of engine power and/or excessive exhaust position. Proceed as follows:
smoke is signs the air filter elements may require service.
Check service indicator. Clear dust collector discharge

slot daily. Service air cleaner ONLY when indicator locks
in red position. Proceed as follows:
Loosen nuts on air cleaner housing and remove pre-cleaner

panel. Remove and discard dirty filter cartridge. Clean inside
filter housing and install new filter cartridge.
Clean pre-cleaner panel. Replace panel and tighten nuts.

Reset service indicator.
Loosen thumbscrew holding cover and remove cover.

Remove and discard primary filter element. Clean inside
housing. Install new element.
Check cover gasket to ensure a good seal. Reposition

cover and thumbscrew. Reset service indicator.
Replace safety filter element every 5th primary filter

change. Safety filter element is replaced in same manner
as primary element change.
Updated:
08/22/07
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DAILY OR EVERY SHIFT CHANGE

9
8 4
3
2
1
7
10
5
6
1
ITEM COMPONENT FLUID*

1. Tires ____
2. Hydraulic System HO
3. Engine EO
4. Air Pre-cleaner ____
5. Fuel System D2
6. Belts ____
7. Oscillating Axle
Trunnions EPG
8. Transmission & Torque
Converter TF
9. Upper & Lower Pivot Pin
Check hydraulic reservoir sight gauges and fill as required.
Bearings EPG
Fluid level should not be above top sight gauge or below
10. Steering Cylinder
bottom sight gauge.
Bushings EPG
*Perform maintenance schedule as required.
*See Fluid Specifications.
Check tire condition and pressure. Do not operate vehicle

Check engine oil level. Fill as required.
with low tire pressure. Do not operate vehicle with badly
worn and/or gouged tires.
Updated:
08/22/07
DAILY MAINTENANCE OR EVERY SHIFT CHANGE (CONT’D)
Empty and clean pre-cleaner dust bowl .

Check fuel level. Fill as required.
Check all engine belts for tension and condition. Worn or

gouged belts should be replaced immediately. Check belt
tension as follows:
WARNING Check transmission fluid level. Fluid should be checked at

Engine MUST be shut of to check belt tension.
normal operating temperature with engine running at idle and
transmission in neutral. For detailed information, see section 5
(Transmission Service and Maintenance Manual). Fill as
required.
1. Push the belt at

center between pulleys
with finger.
CAUTION
2. Belt movement
should be 3/8” to 5/8”
Avoid any moving belts, components, or high temperature
(10-15mm). areas. Serious personal injury can result from
carelessness.
Visually inspect machine:
With Engine Running Check:

1. Hydraulic system for leaks.
2. Fuel system for leaks.
3. Instruments for proper function.
With Engine Off Check:

1. All controls for free movement.
2. Mounting bolts.
NOTE: Perform engine maintenance as indicated in the

engine operator’s manual or by contacting Getman
Grease axle trunnions. Corporation for the latest information.
Updated:
08/22/07
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE EVERY 50 OPERATING HOURS

3 5
1 4

1. Wheels ____
2. Battery H2O
3. Air Cleaner EO
4. Air Cooling System ____
5. Catalytic Exhaust
Purifiers ____
*Perform Maintenance Schedule As Required.
*Perform Maintenance Schedule Daily Or Every Shift.
Release and lift battery access plate. Clean battery off and
inspect cables.
WARNING
Be aware of hydrogen gas build up under battery access
plate. Keep open flame and sparks away from battery.
IMPORTANT
Check wheel nuts. Nuts should be tightened to 300 LBS- Do not get battery acid on skin. Keep all open flame out
FT (406.7 Nm). of area.
Updated:
08/22/07
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE EVERY 50 OPERATING HOURS (CONT’D.)
DO NOT allow engine to idle more than five (5) minutes at a time, or
purifier will loose efficiency.
2. Before vehicle is put into service, and during every 50 hour check,
check exhaust back pressure at full throttle by connecting a back
pressure or water gauge to the 1/8” NPT test port between purifier
and exhaust manifold. If back pressure exceeds 40” (1016 mm) H2O
or has risen 5” (127mm) or more since last regeneration, purifier
must be regenerated.
Add grease to both upper and lower pivot pin bearings. (See ECS REGENERATION
specifications) Required Equipment:
1. Nylon, hard –bristle parts cleaning brush.
2. Solvent-air, parts cleaning gun.
3. Super concentrate degreasing solution.
4. Stoddard solvent or high grade kerosene (sulphur free) - - 5 parts
Stoddard to 1 part S.C.
5. High pressure air source (30PSI).
6. Wrench.
Add grease to both steering cylinder ends.

WARNING
Flammable Solution. Use in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations. Use in a properly ventilated area. Failure to
follow these instructions could result in serous injury.
Cleaning Procedure:
1. Remove center section of purifier.
2. Dry brush inlet face of catalyst.
3. Air clean through outlet face of catalyst.
Check ALL air intake connections. Tighten as required. 4. Continue steps 1 & 2 until inlet face is clean.
5. Completely soak catalyst in Stoddard, S.C. solution for one hour.
6. Solvent-air clean through outlet face of catalyst for 10 minutes.
7. Air clean through outlet face.
8. Repeat steps 4, 5, and 6 until purifier is clean.
9. High pressure water wash purifier through outlet face and air dry.
10. Replace purifier.
11. Record back pressure at full throttle, remove gauge and tighten
test plug.
NOTE: If high pressure steam is available, it may be substituted for

Remove air cowl on injector side of engine by releasing retainer solvent solution. Steam clean through outlet face, keeping nozzle 2”
snaps. Clean cooling fins, oil cooler, transmission cooler, and (51mm) away from catalyst face.
radiator if applicable with compressed air.
NOTE: If purifier has been regenerated but engine continues to
Vehicles equipped with ECS catalytic air purifier: smoke, engine must be serviced to maintain safe exhaust conditions.
1. If vehicle is operated under heavy load with engine rpm at
least 70% of operating time, a maximum amount of maintenance
will be required. If engine does not work hard and is allowed to
idle for excessive periods of time, the catalyst may become
“carboned up” and exhaust will start to smoke after a few hours,
indicating regeneration is necessary.
Updated:
08/22/07

4
5
3
7 2
6

1. Driveline, Universal
Joints, Slip Joints EPG
2. Transmission TF
4. Axle Differential Housing MBO
5. Axle Breather ____
6. Engine ____
7. Parking Brake ____
*Perform Maintenance Schedule as Required.
*Perform Maintenance Schedule Daily or Every Shift. Add grease to driveline slip yokes, one fitting each.
*Perform 50 Hour Maintenance.
Drain transmission oil by removing the drain plug. Clean plug

Add grease to all driveline universal joints, and center in solvent, dry, and replace in transmission.
bearing.
NOTE: Some universal joints may not be shown.
Updated:
08/22/07
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE EVERY 250 OPERATING HOURS (CONT’D)
Remove return line filter. Replace filter element and install

return line filter. Install drain plug. Fill hydraulic reservoir
Remove transmission filter. Replace with new filter.
with fluid.
Before installing filter, coat gasket with light film of oil.
See Section 5 (Transmission Service & Maintenance
Manual) for detailed information.
Fill and check transmission as follows:

1. Fill transmission to low mark on dipstick.
2. Run engine at idle 500-600 RPM to prime converter
and hydraulic hoses.
3. Re-check oil level with engine at idle and transmission
in neutral. Bring oil level to low mark on dipstick. When Check hydraulic reservoir sight gauge. Add fluid as required.
oil reached normal operating temperature of 158° to Fluid level should not be above top sight gauge or below
248°F (70°-120°C) make a final check and bring to the lower sight gauge.
full mark of the dipstick.
4. Check for oil leaks.
Check lubricant level in both differential housings. Remove

fill plug. Gear oil should be level with full plug bottom. Add
lubricant as required. Replace fill plug. Refer to specification
page for proper fluid.
Remove reservoir fill cap and empty main hydraulic

reservoir by removing drain plug.
NOTE: To avoid contamination, clean reservoir top

before servicing. Remove axle breather, clean in solvent and dry with
compressed air. Re-install in axle. Do for both axles.
Updated:
08/22/07
Clean or replace sump strainer and re-install inside reservoir.
Remove return line filter. Replace filter element. Install

return line filter.
1
Install reservoir access plate, install drain plug, and fill
hydraulic reservoir with fluid. Check specifications.
*Perform Maintenance Schedule as required.
*Perform Maintenance Schedule Daily or Every Shift.
Check hydraulic reservoir sight gauges. Add fluid as required.

Level should not be above upper sight gauge or below lower
sight gauge.
Remove reservoir fill cap. Empty main hydraulic

reservoir by removing drain plug.
NOTE: To avoid contamination, replace cap and clean

reservoir top before proceeding.
Remove hydraulic reservoir access plate. Disconnect sump

strainer located inside reservoir.
NOTE: Strainer suction port must be closed off with a 1 1/2”

NPT cap to prevent circuit contamination and possible damage
to hydraulic components.
Clean reservoirs inside with steam or solvent.
Updated:
08/22/07
2
1

1. Axle Differential Housing MBO
2. Axle Breather ____
*Perform Maintenance Schedule as required.
*Perform Maintenance Schedule Daily or
Every Shift.
*See Fluid Specifications
Remove front and rear axle differential drain plugs. When axle
is empty of all fluid, clean and re-install drain plugs.
Remove differential fill plugs (one per axle). Add specified

lubricant until fluid level reaches bottom of oil fill plug port.
Clean and re-install differential fill plugs.
Updated:
08/22/07
SPECIFICATIONS
FUEL
Use No. 2 Diesel Fuel, Cetane 40 Minimum
Use a dependable brand of diesel fuel with a sulfur content of less than 0.5%. Use care when re-fueling to avoid
fuel system contamination. Use a winter grade fuel when operating vehicle in low temperatures. NOTE: To avoid
drawing air into the fuel system, do not allow vehicle to run out of fuel as this can cause extreme hard starting.
NOTICE
Using diesel fuel with lower than recommended cetane number can cause hard starting, instability, and excessive
white smoke. To maintain satisfactory operation at low ambient temperatures, it is important to specify diesel fuel of
the correct centane number. For complete details see Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual or contact your
local Getman Distributor.
TIRES
SIZE PLY TYPE PSI BAR

RATING
14.00X24 28 ____ 120 8.3
10.00X20 14 LCM 95 6.5
12.00X20 16 SMC 95 6.5
9.00X20 12 LCM 90 6.1
NOTE: This chart indicates tire pressure specifications ONLY. The sizes are not interchangeable. Always
replace with tires of same size, type, and ply rating originally supplied with vehicle
PRESSURES
TYPE PSI BAR

Engine Oil Pressure at 1000 RPM 45-60 3.1-4.1
Steering Hydraulic System at low idle with vehicle turned
and against stops. 1500-2000 103-138
NOTE: Checks made at 150°F (65°C) oil temperature
Hydraulic brake charging pressure.
John Deere Axles 1650-2200 114-151
Ford/New Holland D45 & D65 1650-2200 114-151
Pressure from brake treadle valve.
John Deere Axles 1000 69.0
Ford/New Holland D45 & D65 1500 130.5
Updated:
08/22/07
A-64 ANFO CHARGER OPERATING AND M1006
INSPECTION MANUAL Page 1 of 19
GETMAN CORPORATION

MANUAL
FOR
MODEL A-64 ANFO CHARGER

operating vehicle
Updated:
09/24/07
Operators should carefully read and understand This manual covers operation and maintenance
all vehicle manuals. You must become familiar of the ANFO loading system and boom
with all controls and procedures. Getman’s mounted on the Getman A-64 chassis. An
A-64 Series ANFO Truck manual is a guide to Operators manual for the primary A-64 chassis
safe, proper operation, and maintenance. is also incorporated in your Parts and Service
Always keep manual on vehicle at all times. Manual for your specific vehicle. Please read
and become familiar with all these manuals. A
This Getman A-64 Series ANFO Truck has complete listing of engine, drive train
been purchased with expectations that it will components, applicable Electrical, Hydraulic
provide long and reliable service. During it’s and Air Systems can also be found in their
design and construction, we have taken every respective system schematics and Parts and
precaution to ensure we meet those Service Manuals. We have also provided Parts
expectations. To realize the full valve Getman and Service Manuals for major components
has designed into this vehicle, a small amount of such as axles, transmissions, and engines.
time and expense must be invested in the These will be located in the Getman Parts and
inspection and maintenance procedures outlined Service Manuals for your vehicle, or by other
in this manual. This small investment will means.
ensure low operating cost, minimal service
expenses and most importantly, personal safety. Getman has increased the frequency for some
component manufacturer’s recommended
TABLE OF maintenance procedures. This is due to the
CONTENTS………………PAGE demanding environment and applications in
Introduction………………………………..2 which these vehicles must operate.
Related Manuals…………………………...2
Design Features……………………………3 If you have any questions in regards to
General Safety Precautions……………...4-5 operating or servicing this vehicle, immediately
Safety Instruction………………………….6 contact your local Getman Dealer or Getman
Boom Man-Lift General Description……...7 Corporation direct.
Boom/Stabilizer Operation……………...8-9
Daily and Pre-Operation Inspection……….8
ANFO Loading System……………….11-12
Loading the ANFO POTS………………...13
Control of the ANFO System…………14-15
Basic System Adjustments……………16-19
Key Items to Remember………………….20
Updated:
09/24/07
DESIGN FEATURES
Getman Corporation has always had one main goal in the past 50 years. This has been to provide our
customers with the safest, most reliable product possible to positively impact your production cycle and cost
per ton.
That’s why, in 1963, Getman Corporation pioneered and produced the first complete self contained anfo
hauling/loading package. While making this the fastest way to speed up your production cycle time, this
was secondary to making it the safest method possible.
Here are just a few of the design features that make your Getman A-64 Anfo Charger the vehicle you can
count on day in and day out:
• The large man basket (available in several sizes) is self leveling and rotates in each direction to
always allow it to be square with the face to ensure maximum operator comfort and reach.
• A full set of boom/basket controls are located in the basket as well as at the base of the boom.
• All cylinders are equipped with counterbalance valves to prevent uncontrolled decent in the event of
system damage.
• The boom, basket, and outriggers have undergone complete finite element analysis and are
fabricated by certified welders to ensure maximum strength and safety.
• The basket-mounted boom controls are pilot operated and can be overridden by the base mounted
controls at the base of the boom in the event of an emergency.
• Basket-mounted anfo loading controls are fully protected from accidental activation.
• All anfo delivery fittings are made of SS304 material for maximum life and reliability.
• All the pressure vessels (anfo pots) are certified AS 1210, ASME Code Section VIII Div I UW 12.
Designed working pressure is 100PSI (6.9 BAR).
• The vehicle is equipped with detonator storage compartments which conform to MSHA regulations.
• Getman offers a selection of onboard compressors in a variety of makes and CFM rages and also
offers a mine air hyd/elec package.
These are just a few of the design features that make your Getman Anfo Charge the #1 self contained anfo
charger in the market place today.
Please not that there are numerous other available options from fully enclosed operators compartments,
boom lengths, interlocking safety systems, etc….
The following pages are provided to allow a new operator to have an understanding of the anfo delivery
system and how to best make adjustments and settings to suit your specific application.
Updated:
09/24/07
SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL

This manual also uses the following messages:
NOTICE: Used for special information or instructions, relating to procedures, equipment, tools, and other special data.
IMPORTANT: Used when special precautions should be taken to ensure correct action or to avoid damage to or malfunction of
equipment.
CAUTION: Used as a reminder of safety hazards which can result in personal injury if proper precautions are not taken.
WARNING: Used when a hazard exists which can result in injury or death if proper precautions are not taken.
DANGER: Used when an extreme hazard exists which can result in serious injury or death if proper precautions are not taken.
RULES
Before performing any maintenance on the vehicle, review the following safety precautions. These are included for your
protection and safety.
Always observe the following general safety rules during operation of the vehicle. Also observe the safety rules set forth in the
work place. The need for additional rules for safe operation may arise due to particular mine applications. This should ONLY
be used as guidance.
• Read and carefully follow all instructions as outlined in the vehicle manuals.
• Ensure that all instruments, indicators, and operating controls are functioning.
• Never utilize operating controls as hand holds to assist entering or exiting a vehicle.
• Never stand when operating a vehicle in motion.
• Avoid wearing loose or baggy clothing when working around engines or other rotating or moving equipment.
• Never allow riders in vehicles not designated to carry passengers.
• Never dismount from a vehicle unless brakes are set.
Updated:
09/24/07
• Always lower ground engaging implements and utilize wheel chocks when vehicle is parked.
• If parking on a grade is unavoidable, point the vehicle towards the rib, engage the parking brake, lower all ground engaging
implements and utilize wheel chocks.
• Avoid smoking or open flame around fuel.
• Always be aware of location of nearest fire extinguisher.
• Check operation of brake circuit prior to beginning of each shift.
• Never utilize a vehicle for an application other than it was originally designed for.
• Watch out for others. They may not be watching out for you!
Updated:
09/24/07
SAFETY INSTRUCTION
WARNING
ANFO IS A HIGHLY EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL!
All safety regulations must be followed during it’s use. The Operating Procedures in this manual are
intended for general information only! Obtain approval safety procedures and practices from your safety
inspector and material supplier.
Always wear safety glasses and gloves when operating or working near compressed air and anfo products.
Never disconnect any compressed air hoses or fittings when under pressure
WARNING
HAZARDS OF STATIC ELECTRICITY
USE ONLY APPROVED PROCEDURES FOR GROUNDING PNEUMATIC
LOADING VESSEL AND USE ONLY APPROVED SEMI-CONDUCTIVE (ANTI-
STATIC) ANFO PLACEMENT TUBING.
Updated:
09/24/07
BOOM MAN-LIFT GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The boom and turret arrangement with a man basket attached at the end is attached to the truck rear frame.
This is a three piece boom consisting of outer, middle, and inner sections. The boom can generally be
swung 50° to either the left or right of the vehicle. The basket itself can also be swiveled 45° right or left of
the boom. As the boom is raised, interconnecting hydraulic cylinders keep the basket level. The hydraulic
power necessary to move the boom and basket are provided by an engine driven pump. Air powered
hydraulics is an available option. The ANFO vessel and air control are frame mounted. A grounding reel is
also mounted on the chassis.
1. Parking Brake Control: Push to apply, 7. Boom: Outer, middle, and inner tubes.
pull to release. Used to extend and retract platform during
positioning of basket.
2. Accessory Control: Pull to activate, push
to deactivate. 8. Interconnecting Cylinders: Used to keep
basket level as boom raises and lowers.
3. Stabilizers: Used to level truck. Not to be
used to gain additional basket height. 9. Air Compressor and Controls: Used to
move ANFO material.
4. Stabilizer Controls: Used to extend and
retract stabilizers. 10. ANFO Vessel: Carries ANFO material.
5. Basket: Operator’s work platform. Raises 11. Grounding Reel: Grounds frame to earth.
and lowers.
12. Engine Start/Stop: Used to shut down or
6. Controls: Hydraulic controls used to start engine from basket (Optional).
perform all boom basket functions.
Including, raise, lower, extend, retract,
swing, and tilt.
Updated:
09/24/07
BOOM AND OUTRIGGER OPERATION
Park vehicle on as flat and level surface as

possible.
Apply park brake. Pull tee handle to accessory

mode to activate boom/outrigger hydraulic
circuit.
NOTICE
Steering is disabled!
To operate boom and basket from the ground,
use truck mounted controls located at base of
boom. To operate from basket, use controls
located in basket.
LEVER FUNCTIONS
1. Boom Swing left or right.

Extend all stabilizer jacks to a solid footing 2. Boom extension in or out.
prior to raising boom off of deck. 3. Boom lift up or down.
4. Basket tilt up or down.
Connect ground cable to earth. Use approved 5. Basket rotate left or right.
grounding procedures when connecting cable.
WARNING
OVERHEAD OBSTRUCTIONS
Be sure to have enough overhead clearance.
Failure to follow this rule could cause serious
Connect truck to mine air. If truck is using injury or death.
engine powered hydraulics, set engine R.P.M.
Updated:
09/24/07
BOOM AND OUTRIGGER OPERATION CONTINUED
Always use boom and basket controls to

position yourself in a desired position rather
than reaching extensively.
Booms operating using mine air to run

hydraulics may operate boom basket functions
from the basket by activating the basket WARNING
mounted air valve to start and stop the air driven DO NOT SIT OR STAND ON
hydraulic pump. BASKET RAILING OR ALLOW
PASSENGERS TO DO SO.
Booms operating using diesel engine power to

run hydraulics may operate boom basket
functions from the basket by activating the
basket mounting engine start/stop button to start
and stop the diesel engine from the basket. When work has been completed, put vehicle in
Travel Position by performing the following:
1. Retract boom.
2. Lower basket to position on deck.
3. Place stabilizers to fully retracted position.
4. Retract and stow grounding cable.
5. Disconnect mine air.
6. Release air from ANFO pots.
Vehicle is now ready for tramming.
When moving boom, make certain all hoses are

in a position where they will not be damaged.
Updated:
09/24/07
DAILY AND PRE-OP INSPECTION 9. Raise and lower and rotate basket throughout its
full range of motion. Ensure hoses are clear and
movement is smooth.
WARNING
VESSEL AIR PRESSURE
Prior to working on the vessel or leaving vehicle
unattended, vent all existing air pressure from pots.
Failure to do so could cause serious injury.
IMPORTANT
Always make certain vehicle is in “Service Position”
before performing maintenance or service.
DAILY INSPECTION
1. Thoroughly inspect the complete vessel(s) and

accessories for wear due to corrosive nature of
ANFO material. If vessel(s) are in need of
repair or displays signs of damage to vessel
structure, retire unit from service immediately.
2. Inspect the interior of vessel(s) for foreign

material such as paper, wood, or wire which
may have entered into the pot.
3. Inspect basket floor. It must be in good repair

and free of debris.
4. Inspect basket railing and entrance. It must be

in place and in good repair.
10. Remove all debris from truck, wash truck with
5. Lower stabilizers. They should all extend and water and blow dry.
retract smoothly and have foot pads attached.
NOTE: REPORT ANY UNUSUAL OR FAULTY
6. Using controls at base of boom raise boom to CONDITIONS TO YOUR MAINTENANCE
full height and lower. Carefully observe for DEPARTMENT. TAG VEHICLE OUT OF
kinks or sharp bends. SERVICE
7. Observe as hoses fold and unfold and ensure

there are no kinks or sharp bends.
8. Check hose pathways and fittings to ensure there

are no indications of leaking, chaffing or cutting.
Updated:
09/24/07
ANFO LOADING SYSTEM
DELIVERY ELBOW (7)

2
1. Vibrator: Keeps anfo moving. Turns on “only” when supply and boost are engaged.
2. Anfo Supply Valve: When air is applied to “open”, anfo is allowed to flow through to basket.
3. Boost Air Valve: Opens when anfo supply valve is opened. Directs air in elbow in base of tank to
create venturi effect and push material to basket. Vibrator applies at same time.
4. Hose Clean Out Valve: When utilized with supply valve closed, this allows supply hose to be
emptied. When used with anfo supply valve open, may add additional air for up holes.
5. Regulated Air: This air is main anfo pot air that is normally regulated to approx. 60PSI by an air
regulating valve. This air pushes down on top of material to ensure constant flow downward. Can
be adjusted to suit operator’s requirements.
6. Pilot Air: This air is regulated to approx. 70PSI. It provides supply air for the relay valves,
vibrators, control valves in basket, and anfo supply valve. (Jamesbury)
7. Stainless Steel Delivery Elbow: This elbow is flange mounted using stainless steel bolts and can
quickly be removed if needed to remove plugging or debris.
Updated:
09/24/07
ANFO LOADING SYSTEM CONTINUED
• BOOST AIR BALL VALVE (2): This ball valve can be used to increase, reduce, or stop the
“volume” of air being used for pushing material to the basket.
• CLEAN OUT BALL VALVE (2): This ball valve can be used to increase, reduce or stop the
“volume” of air being used to blow material out of the hose or clean out the hole.
• SAFETY RELIEF VALVE (2): This relief valve (set @120PSI) is used as a safety in the event air
pressure to the pots increases above 120PSI.
• ANFO POT BALL VALE (2): This ball valve can be used to increase, reduce, or stop the
“volume” or air being supplied to the tanks.
• ANFO POT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (2): This adjustable regulating valve can be
used to increase or decrease the “pressure” of air being supplied to the tanks.
• PILOT AIR REGULATING & LUBE (70PSI): This adjusting regulating valve can be used to
increase or decrease the “pressure” of air being supplied to the controls and relay valves and
lubricate as well.
• Air Pressure Gauges (4): You will find a total of four air pressure gauges in the anfo loading
system. As shown above, there is one for main air supply, either from onboard compressor or mine
air. Two others are for regulated air pressure for each of the individual pots and one for pilot control
regulated pressure.
Updated:
09/24/07
LOADING MATERIAL INTO THE ANFO POTS
The stainless steel ANFO pot or pots on your Getman vehicle are equipped with a lid over the top opening to keep
water and/or debris out of the pot. This lid should only be opened when the pot is completely de-pressurized by
opening the tank drain ball valve and venting the air to atmosphere. Once the vessel is filled, the lid should be closed
and latched before the vessel is again pressurized.
Located under the lid, is a stainless steel screen. The screen is utilized to screen out any debris that may be
inadvertently directed towards the pot. This will also help break up any larger lumps of anfo and maintain conformity
in material size. Do not remove this screen. It will provide added assurance against material plugging and added
security for personnel while loading the vessel with material.
There is a rubber sealing cap inside the pot below the screen. The cap automatically rises and seals the pot when air
pressure is applied to the pot. The pot should never be filled to a point above the base of the cap as this may prohibit
the cap from properly sealing. The normal fill capacity would be approximately ¾ to ⅞ full.
A “grounding reel” is provided on every ANFO vehicle Getman manufactures. The cable of the reel should be run to
earth whenever filling the ANFO pots and/or when charging holes.
Updated:
09/24/07
CONTROL OF THE ANFO SYSTEM
The operating controls for the anfo system are completely air powered. The main air manifold or “tree” is located
between the pots on a dual pot system in the center of the deck behind the boom. It is also located in the same general
area on a single pot delivery system. This location was chosen to provide maximum protection from falling debris
while still providing easy access for operator adjustments.
This Getman Anfo Charger has been carefully designed to create a delivery system which will function properly in
almost any application with material from various suppliers. Many updates and improvements have been made
throughout the years to ensure proper loading can always be achieved for maximum productivity. The key to
successful loading will be for the operator to determine the correct settings necessary to properly place the material in
your specific application.
This manual may “not” be able to provide each and every operator with the precise settings which may be required for
the best material delivery in each application. By following the simple instructions listed in this manual, you should
be able to have the delivery system fine tuned to your particular operation in a matter of hours.
Universally, there are several suppliers of anfo material. This allows for many differences in texture, weight and
conformity. Some materials manufacturer’s provide a very dry, light product and others are heavier and stickier. This
is why finding the correct air pressure and volume settings for each application is so important.
Once the operator has utilized this system for some time and has determined what settings best fit his needs and
application, further adjustments are seldom required.
Here are some of the misconceptions that often make finding the perfect settings difficult:
If I use the maximum air volume, I’ll get the maximum amount of anfo-
While this sounds logical, we all know the goal when loading is to place the material into the hole quickly and well
compacted. Sometimes when too much boost air volume is used, the air/material ratio is too high. This means more
air and less anfo travels down the lines to the delivery hose. This means longer fill times and less productivity.
I’ll keep maximum air pressure going into the top of the anfo pot to push more material-
Again, very sound logic, but not always practical. The pot is cone shaped with a 4” outlet at the bottom. The real
purpose for the air pressure on the top of the pot is to assist the material to travel to the outlet in the bottom of the pot.
Depending on the humidity factor of the material in the pot, too high an air pressure will lead to packing the material
too tight into the outlet and lead to plugging. The boost air venturi located at the elbow at the pot outlet is truly “the
mover” of the material to the basket. The pressure in the pot is there to ensure the material can get to the outlet in a
consistent manner.
Updated:
09/24/07
CONTROL OF THE ANFO SYSTEM CONTINUED
BASKET CONTROLS:
There are two hand operated 2 position control valves in the basket which allow the operator to control the
anfo delivery system. These come conveniently hard mounted on the basket railing. There is an optional
belt attachment available which allows the operator to have the ability to have the controls mounted
remotely with them.
• CLEAN OUT CONTROL VALVE: This control valve when actuated (ON) sends pilot air to
open the relay valve located downstream from the anfo supply valve (Jamesbury). Once the relay
valve is actuated, maximum air pressure will be sent through the delivery hose at a rate dictated by
the adjustment of the “clean out ball valve.” This can be utilized to purge remaining material from
the delivery hose and/or to blow out water or rock dust from the drill hole prior to loading.
• ANFO SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE: This control valve when actuated (ON) sends pilot air to
perform three separate but related functions. #1 Opens the “anfo supply valve” located between the
elbow at the outlet of the anfo pot and the adapter/reducer where the delivery hose to the basket
commences. This allows the material to move into the delivery hose. #2 Opens the “boost air relay
valve” which can then allow regulated air flow to push material down the delivery hose to the
basket. #3 Turns on the tank mounted “vibrator” to create tank vibration to assist the material in the
pot in moving freely into the outlet elbow. Returning the control valve to the “OFF” position will
close the anfo supply valve, stop boost air from entering the outlet elbow and stop the vibrator.
Updated:
09/24/07
BASIC SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS AND OPERATION
Once you have placed the vehicle in it’s work position, apply the parking brake. At this time the operator
should then pull out the tee handle of the diverter valve located to the right side of the operator’s seat. This
valve will be labeled “Steering/Accessories”. This valve disables the steering, prohibits the release of the
parking brake and directs oil to the rear of the vehicle to provide for the hydraulic jacks, boom functions,
and hydraulic air compressor. Now the operator should proceed to the rear passenger side of the vehicle and
with the correct diverter valve placed in the “JACKS” position, the stabilizer jacks can be lowered until the
vehicle is supported and is level as possible. Depending on the vehicle configuration listed below, the
engine can be shut off. Do not utilize stabilizers to obtain extra height. Try and park the vehicle with the
front and rear frames aligned as straight as possible.
If vehicle was purchased equipped to operate the ANFO delivery system utilizing mine air, there should be a
mine air connection located on each side of the vehicle. You can now connect the mine air to whichever
side is most convenient. Please note the mine air supply house should be blown out prior to connecting to
the vehicle to ensure the supply hose is free of water or debris. Once the mine air valve is opened, you can
open the ball valve located immediately after the mine air connection. This will provide air to the “tree” for
feeding the pots and controls, the air powered hydraulic pump for the boom and outrigger functions, and the
air driven alternator which will allow operation of all work lights. The light control switches are located in
the instrument panel in the operator’s compartment. The ball valve located just prior to the air driven
alternator should be “opened” to operate the alternator.
Updated:
09/24/07
BASIC SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS AND OPERATION CONTINUED
Each loading situation is different. Therefore, the system control settings are different as well. With this
system, you can control both the volume of material being delivered and the speed or force in which that
material is being delivered. The key things to keep in mind are:
• To change the “amount” of ANFO being delivered, changes must be made to the regulated pot
pressure.
• To change the “speed or force” or the material being delivered, changes must be made to the
boost air ball valve. (Increase or Decrease Volume)
The two system adjustments mentioned above are the most important ones the operator can make to be able
to fine tune the system to his satisfaction. The key is achieving the correct balance of the two. Too much
boost volume may cause jerkiness of the delivery tube and sporadic spurts of air. Too much pot pressure
may cause intermittent plugging of material. The correct balance must be found for the application. Once
this balance is found, any further adjustments will be minor and quickly done. A lot of this will depend on
the material used, the application, and the conditions and the operator preferences. Basically, it will be
whatever works best for you.
To determine what is right for you, you must approach this system with an open mind. You should not
assume that the same settings as on an older vehicle with a different system will be right for this one. Many
of the older systems had very few adjustments available to them.
Getman has worked closely for several years with many customers in various countries to develop a
delivery system that was adjustable enough to adapt to material differences and various applications.
During these years, we have found that the best and quickest method to determine what setting are best for
your application is to start slowly with minimum pressures then grow from there. Generally within the first
hour of use, you will be near your desired settings.
PLEASE TRY THE FOLLOWING METHOD.
Updated:
09/24/07
BASIC SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS AND OPERATIONS CONTINUED
As per previous pages, this vehicle can be manufactured with a mine air ANFO system, an onboard air
compressor ANFO system, or a combination of both. Regardless of the system you have chosen, once you
have an air supply for your system, the system settings become the most critical component to successful
operation. Once you have placed the vehicle in the required position, lowered the stabilizers, and connected
the grounding reel cable to earth, Getman suggests you start with the following settings:
• Adjust the ANFO pot pressure regulating valve until the ANFO pot pressure gauge indicates
approximately 25PSI.
• Adjust your clean out air ball valve to approximately the half (1/2) open position.
• Adjust your boost air ball valve to approximately the half (1/2) open position.
Because there will always be a short delay after the ANFO delivery valve is closed after loading a hole, we
recommend you place a piece of tape on the delivery wand approximately 10-12” from the place you want
the flow of material to stop in that particular hole. This is done so you can feel and see when the tape exits
the hole and turn off the delivery system and yet fill the hole to the desired depth.
• Now insert the loading wand into the hole to be filled and pull open the “clean out” valve control in
the basket. This will open the “clean out relay valve” and send only air through the wand to blow
any water and/or debris from the hole. Be certain to position your face and body to the side of the
hole to avoid being sprayed. If the blow back is too strong, close your clean out air ball valve
slightly to reduce the volume of air being delivered.
• Once the hole has been cleaned out, it’s time to fill the hole with ANFO material. Pull open the
“ANFO delivery control valve” in the basket. This will open the material delivery valve, apply the
tank vibrator and open the boost air. Because the pot air pressure is set low and the boost air ball
valve is at ½ open and should easily be controlled. This will be slow, but will allow you to “get the
feel” or the system. You will notice that when you start loading, the wand (delivery hose) will start
to push itself out of the hole. You should keep your hands gripped loosely around the hose so it can
continue to come in time with the material going in to the system.
• Once your comfortable with the feel, you can increase the material flow being delivered by
increasing the pot pressure regulator up to approximately 35PSI. Since you are delivering more
material, you should now feel the wand being pushed back out quicker than before and the hole will
be filled quicker. Once you see your tape, shut off the ANFO delivery control valve.
Updated:
09/24/07
BASIC SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS AND OPERATION CONTINUED
Now we will increase the speed by opening the Boost air ball valve. Now you may find the delivery hose
(wand) is a little harder to hold because it has more recoil. Again, the hole will be filling faster. Depending
on the material type being used and the required fragmentation, an adequate speed (force) may be critical to
properly pack the material in the hole.
Continue to adjust the pressure and volumes until the system is performing to your satisfaction.
The methods mentioned above will basically be the same for loading any type of holes. The key is always
going to be “getting the settings to where they work best for you!!”
KEY ITEMS TO REMEMBER
• MORE ANFO POT PRESSURE NORMALLY CREATES MORE MATERIAL VOLUME

FLOW.
NOTE: TOO MUCH ANFO POT PRESSURE CAN LEAD TO PLUGGING. CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE HAS INDICATED 60PSI IS GENERALLY THE OPTIMUM SETTING FOR
ANFO POT REGULATED PRESSURE.
• INCREASE BOOST AIR (BALL VALVE) CREATES INCREASED MATERIAL

DELIVERY SPEED.
• INCREASED CLEAN OUT AIR (BALL VALVE) CREATES INCREASED AIR VOLUME.
• NEVER LEAVE MATERIAL IN THE ANFO POTS OVERNIGHT. THE CONDENSATION

AND HUMIDITY MAY LEAD TO PLUGGING PROBLEMS.
• NEVER LEAVE THE POTS PRESSURIZED BETWEEN LOADING CYCLES. DOING SO

MAY LEAD TO POSSIBLE PLUGGING PROBLEMS
• WHENEVER ANY HOSING, FITTINGS, OR CONNECTIONS OF SMALLER SIZES ARE

USED, THIS WILL LIKELY NECESSITATE THE RE-ADJUSTMENT OF THE AIR
SETTINGS. THIS IS DUE TO THE POSSIBLE RESTRICTION CREATED BY THE
SMALLER DIAMETER.
• ALWAYS EMPTY ANY MATERIAL FROM POTS PRIOR TO ENTERING

MAINTENANCE SHOP FOR WELDING OR REPAIRS.
• NEVER MOVE THE BOOM FROM THE DECK WITHOUT THE STABILIZERS
LOWERED AND THE FRAMS AS LEVEL AS POSSIBLE.
Updated:
09/24/07
MANUAL FOR DUNBAR CRANE Page 1 of 14
GETMAN CORPORATION

MANUAL
FOR
MODEL D20A DUNBAR CRANE

operating vehicle
Updated:
09/07/07

Operators must study all manuals carefully! You must This manual covers operation and maintenance schedule of
become familiar with all controls and procedures. D20A Dunbar Crane. An Operation and Maintenance Manual
Getman’s D20A Dunbar Crane manual is a guide to safe, is included in Parts and Service Manuals supplied with
proper operation and maintenance. Keep manual on vehicle.
vehicle always and use in conjunction with Vehicle
Operation and Maintenance Manual. Getman has increased the frequency of many recommended
maintenance procedures due to the vehicles demanding
Getman D20A Dunbar Crane is bought with expectations application. These changes are noted at each maintenance
it will give long and faithful service. In its construction, section end.
we have taken every precaution to see that you get an
efficient, long-lived vehicle. To realize the value and A complete parts listing of engine train components,
utility that Getman has designed into this unit, a small applicable Electric/Air/Hydraulic systems, and mounted
amount of time and expense must be invested in doing equipment is included in the Parts and Service Manual. This
regular inspections and service as recommended in this manual also contains service and repair information useful to
manual. The small investment will pay off in low maintenance department personnel.
operating costs, minimal service expenses and most
importantly, in personal safety. If you have any questions about operating or servicing this
unit, contact your local Getman Distributor or Getman
Corporation direct, immediately.
TABLE OF CONTENTS……………PAGE 2
Introduction………………………………….……2 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
Related Manuals……………………………..…...2
General Construction………..………………...….2 The crane base is an all box welded assembly which includes a
Low Profile Crane………………………….…….3 rotational gear box, hydraulic motor, and turntable bearing.
Range & Loading Diagram….…...…………........4 The rotating mast is a one-piece weldment which is securely
Operating Information…....………………….…...5 bolted to the turntable bearing. The boom assembly is a four
Safety Instructions……….…………………….....6 piece unit with a two-stage, telescoping, enclosed cylinder.
Preliminary Safety Inspection///………………….6 All booms have easily serviceable slide pads on all four sides
Range and Load Limits……………………….…..7 of the extension sections that provide full support with
Work Site Location...………………………….….7 minimal sliding friction.
Power Line Proximity………………………….…7
Operating Safety……………………………….…8
Operation Start Up..………………………….…...8
Payload Handling……………………………...9-10
Crane/ Stabilizer Operation……………………...11
Operation Shutdown……………………………..11
Equipment Maintenance…………………......11-14
Updated:
09/07/07
LOW PROFILE CRANE
The figure below shows boom storage position options. The short retracted boom geometry allows crane
storage in either a conventional or transverse orientation to the vehicle bed.
OPERATION DATA
REACH ELEVATION LOAD

5’6” 5’6” 5,000 LB
10’3” 7’9” 3,100 LB
15’3” 10’6” 2,100 LB
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic Extension 117 in. Maximum Working 2, 800 psi

Crane Weight 1,700 lb. Pressure
Base Mounting Space 20 in. X 35.5 in. Rotation Speed 30 seconds
Storage Length 91 in. (340°)
Storage Height 36 in. Boom Elevation 10 seconds
(bottom of base) Boom Extension 18 seconds
Pump Flow Rate 5 US GPM
Updated:
09/07/07
RANGE & LOADING DIAGRAM
Elevation from base

mounting surface to top
of boom
Reach from centerline of

rotation
Updated:
09/07/07
OPERATING INFORMATION
Safe, efficient crane operation depends upon five basic conditions. These conditions are:
1. Crane and vehicle unit must be properly serviced and maintained.

2. The operator must be competent and thoroughly trained.
3. Safe work practices must be observed at all times.
4. Load limits must never be exceeded.
5. Control functions must be used in the prescribed, correct operating sequence. It must be stressed that not one of these
five requirements can be safely eliminated from the crane operating procedures
OWNER RESPONSIBILITY
The owner of this crane is responsible for proper maintenance and repair of the unit and establishing support documentation of the
same. The owner is also obligated to the ongoing task of selecting only competent operator and service candidates and providing
personnel training necessary to assure safe operation of the crane unit.
OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY
The operator, operator trainer, or service person is responsible at all times for the safe transportation and use of the crane unit.
Safe transportation and use includes proper storage, recognition and avoidance of all observable hazards to personnel and
property, pre-operation inspection, and operating the crane at all times within load and range restrictions.
CRANE MAINTENANCE
The crane should be subject to regular inspections and preventive maintenance procedures as prescribed in this manual. In
addition, any defect which is observed and reported in the course of regular pre-operation inspections should be corrected and
recorded before the unit is returned to service.
QUALIFICATIONS TO OPERATE
Authorized Personnel: Persons authorized to operate the crane shall be limited to the following personnel:
1. Designated, trained, and qualified operators.
2. Operator qualified supervisory, maintenance, and service personnel only within the scope of their duties.
3. Operator trainees or any untrained persons only under the direct supervision of qualified persons.
PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS
To be qualified as an operator the person shall be able to:

1. Read and accurately interpret all operator and maintenance manuals, tags, and safety rules and regulations.
2. Identify Getman’s defined inspection procedures and routine maintenance tasks, and be accountable for satisfactory
compliance with same on assigned crane.
3. Identify Getman’s defined load limits and operating characteristics for assigned crane.
4. Demonstrate competence in emergency response procedures pertinent to crane operation.
5. Demonstrate physical, electrical, and personal hazard recognition and avoidance pertinent to crane operation.
6. Demonstrate mastery of all Getman’s prescribed operating procedures and control functions for the assigned crane.
Updated:
09/07/07
SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL

NOTE: Refer to Operator and Maintenance Manual of vehicle for complete Safety Precautions.
The following pertains to Crane Operation Safety:
SAFE WORK PRACTICES
Safe crane operation requires operator competence, mechanical soundness, and observation of equipment load limits at all times.
Safety procedures outlined in this section should be carefully read by all associated personnel prior to operation, always observed
and periodically reviewed to avoid oversight. The safety considerations addressed in this section are pre-operation inspection and
safe operating practices.
PRELIMINARY SAFETY INSPECTION
Before operating the crane always perform the following NOTICE

safety inspection: During the control test observe system response for any
1. POSITION CRANE VEHICLE: Locate crane unit signs of unusual vibration, noise, grinding, or binding. If
in a safe work area free from electric power lines or any of these conditions are observed STOP the test and
any other obstructions. make appropriate repairs.
2. PERFORM WALK AROUND INSPECTION:
Inspect major system components: 7. DE-ENERGIZE EQUIPMENT FOR REPAIRS:
a. Hydraulic System: Inspect visible hoses, When repairs are necessary always shut down or
connections, and components for signs of disconnect system power before making them.
physical breakdown or leakage. 8. CORRECT ALL MALFUNCTIONS: Before any
b. Mechanical System: Inspect visible work is performed with the equipment be sure that
mechanical structure for damaged or all observed defects are corrected. Failure to do so
deformed members, and loose or missing can result in serious personal injury or costly
bolts or nuts. equipment damage.
3. CLEAR TEST AREA: Clear intended test area
(extended crane travel field) of all personnel.
4. POWER CRANE SYSTEM: Energize crane unit
power supply.
5. POSITION OUTRIGGERS: Set outriggers in NOTICE
stabilizing position, making sure the supporting This pre-operation inspection should be performed before
surface provides solid footing. every use. This inspection does not qualify as an alternative to
6. TEST CONTROLS: At slow speed test all crane the regular preventive maintenance inspections as described in
control functions. this manual.
Updated:
09/07/07
RANGE & LOAD LIMITS POWER LINE PROXIMITY

A maximum Range and Load Capacity tag as shown on Except where the electrical distribution and transmission
pages 3 and 4 is posted on the crane. The load-range lines have been de-energized and visibly grounded at
limits identified on this tag should be read and thoroughly point of work location, or where insulating barriers not a
understood before any payload lifting is carried out. Do part of or an attachment to the crane have been erected to
not exceed the maximum load for any range. Overloading prevent physical contact with the lines, cranes shall be
gives risk to tipping and structural failure of the crane, operated proximate to, under, over, by, or near power
and poses serious safety hazards. Lift all loads with crane lines only in accordance with the following:
boom. 1. For lines rated 50 kV or below, minimum clearance
between the lines and any part of the crane or load
shall be 10 feet.
2. For lines rated over 50 kV, minimum clearance
between the lines and any part of the crane or load
WARNING shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV over 50
A TIPPING HAZARD EXISTS WHEN OPERATING kV, or use twice the length of the line insulator but
THE CRANE ON A SLOPE OR ACROSS A SLOPE never less than 10 feet.
GRADE. RATED RANGE AND LOAD 3. In transit with no load and boom lowered, the
CAPACITIES MUST BE RESTRICTED TO clearance shall be a minimum of four feet.
COMPENSATE FOR SLOPE OPERATION AND TO 4. It is recommended that a person be designated to
AVOID TIPPING. observe the clearance and give timely warning for
all operations where it is difficult for the operator to
WORK SITE LOCATION maintain the desired clearance by visual means.
Before the commencement of operations near electrical
The safe, recommended work site location for the crane lines, the person responsible for the job site shall notify
vehicle is a level, dry paved surface. Unpaved ground the owners of the lines or their authorized representative
should provide solid support for gross vehicle weight and providing them with all pertinent information and
any load lifted, and sound outrigger footing. requesting their co-operation.
Parking on slopes requires special precautions: Any overhead wire shall be considered to be an energized
1. Park with the grade-vehicle facing upgrade or line unless and until the person owning such line or the
downgrade. electrical utility authorities indicate that it is not an
2. Use wheel chocks on downgrade side of rear vehicle energized line.
wheels.
3. Parked at curbside with front facing downgrade-- Exceptions to this procedure, if approved by the owner of
turn front wheels into curb. the electrical lines, maybe granted by the administrative
4. Parked at curbside with front facing upgrade--turn or regulatory authority if the alternate procedure provides
front wheels away from curb. sufficient protection and is set forth in writing.
5. Avoid parking cross-grade. If cross-grade parking
is unavoidable then load lifting capacities must be
restricted to reduce tipping risk.
The working field (envelope) of the crane should be as
free as possible of overhead obstructions, equipment, and
materials which could restrict crane operation. The
operator should take note of all objects noted about and
limit the crane lifting operation to remain well clear of
them. Electric power lines pose special hazards.
Updated:
09/07/07
OPERATING SAFETY OPERATION START UP
In order to operate the crane in a safe manner the Prior to load handling the following set of tasks must be
following safety precautions should always be observed: performed to assure protection of personnel, equipment, and
payload:
1. Always perform the pre-operation inspection to
perform crane service or repair tasks. 1. SELECT SUITABLE WORKSITE: Park close to load
2. Never allow unauthorized personnel to perform handling site, on dry, firm, level surface, with a crane
crane service or repair tasks. operating field free of obstructions and power lines.
3. Never attempt maintenance or repair on energized 2. SECURE VEHICLE: Set vehicle parking brake and
crane. engage parking gear or other locking device if provide.
4. Never operate crane in an electrical storm or high If slope parking is unavoidable take the additional
wind conditions. precautions as noted under WORK SITE LOCATION
5. Always locate crane vehicle on firm, dry, level found on page 7.
terrain. 3. CLEAR WORKSITE: Remove all personnel from crane
6. Never locate crane near electrical power lines, see worksite area. Make sure all obstructions to crane and
page 7. load travel path are removed or noted for avoidance.
7. Always make sure crane vehicle is stabilized Comply exactly with all electrical power line regulations
correctly before load lifting begins. found on page 7.
8. Always have all personnel clear during outrigger 4. CHECK TIRES: Inspect tires and make sure they are
positioning. inflated to recommended pressure.
9. Always keep operating area clear of all personnel. 5. DESIGNATE SIGNALMAN: If signalman or helper
10. Never lift people with the crane, unless there is a assistance is required, designate a qualified person for
man basket used. the task and make sure all communications signals are
11. Always use the correct, prescribed sequence for understood by both operator and helper.
energizing the crane system. 6. REMOVE RESTRAINTS: Remove all tie down straps,
12. Always operate crane controls through a full cycle latches, or hooks from crane and attachments.
before load lifting. 7. PERFORM WALK AROUND INSPECTION: Inspect
13. Always operate controls smoothly and at prudent major system components – mechanical, hydraulic, and
speed; avoid jerky or full open, full closed action. electrical – as described on page 7.
14. Never exceed rated Load-Range capacities. 8. POWER CRANE SYSTEM
15. Always know the position of the crane. 9. POSITION OUTRIGGERS: Set outriggers in stabilizing
16. Always include the weight of load handing position, making sure the supporting surface provides
attachments in total load weight. solid footing.
17. Always keep work area in full view. 10. TEST CONTROLS: At slow speed test all crane control
18. Never leave the control station unattended with a functions.
suspended load. 11. INSPECT ATTACHMENTS: Inspect any load handling
19. Never operate or swing the crane over people. attachments for mechanical soundness and correct
20. Always keep boom and load free of loose objects. hydraulic control response.
21. Always start, rotate, and stop a loaded boom slowly. 12. DE-ENERGIZE EQUIPMENT FOR REPAIRS: When
22. Always lift loads vertically. repairs are necessary always shut down or disconnect
23. Never drag a load sideways to position for lifting; system power before repairs are made.
side loading can cause damage or failure. 13. CORRECT ALL MALFUNCTIONS: Before any work
24. Always operate with load as near to grade level as is performed with the equipment be sure that all
possible. observed defects are corrected. Failure to do so can
25. Always keep boom tip as close to load as possible. result in serious personal injury or costly equipment
26. Always damp swaying loads. damage.
27. Never leave crane controls unattended on energized
crane.
28. Always inspect the work side before resuming use
of the crane if it has been unattended.
29. Always store crane, outriggers, and attachments in
approved manner for transport.
Updated:
09/07/07
PAYLOAD HANDLING
When all OPERATION START UP conditions are met load lifting can begin. During any load lifting operation the operator must
retain control of the load using the following guidelines:
1. CHECK LOAD RANGE CAPACITY: The combined weight of load and any load-handling attachment must not exceed
the rated crane load-reach capacities shown on the Capacity Chart below.
WARNING
ALL RATED CAPACITIES FOR REACH AND LOAD STATED ON A CRANE CAPACITY TAG ARE FOR CRANE
OPERATION ON SOLID, LEVEL GROUND WITH OUTRIGGERS CORRECTLY PLACED. ANY OPERATION ON
SLOPED TERRAIN REQUIRES STABILITY TESTING AND SEVERE LOAD-REACH RESTRICTIONS DUE TO
INCREASED TIPPING HAZARD.
ALL RATED LOAD-RANGE CAPACITIES STATED ON CAPACITY TAG ARE FOR VERTICAL LIFTING ONLY –
LOAD TO BOOM TIP. SIDE LOADING IS EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED.
Updated:
09/07/07
2. POSITION CRANE FOR LIFTING: Using crane control functions, maneuver crane tip or tip with lifting attachment
into lifting position over the load so that:
a. Crane Hook, if used, is directly over load using the most efficient load range crane boom extension for the intended
load transport.
b. Lifting Attachment, if used, is placed for correct load engagement with out side loading boom stress.
3. ENGAGE LOAD: Using correct , secure procedures engage and secure load to hook or attachment making sure:
a. Hook is secure and safety catch is in place.
b. Rigging is correct and properly balanced so no load shift will occur during transport.
c. Load Attachment has completely and securely engaged load and no loose, falling material hazard will exist during
transport.
d. Boom Tip is positioned directly over load and hook or load attachment ring so that no side loading of boom (dragging)
will occur when load lifting begins.
DANGER
PREPARATION FOR LOAD LIFTING IS NOT COMPLETE UNTIL BOOM SIDE LOADING POSSIBILITY HAS
BEEN ELIMINATED. SIDE LOADING OR DRAGGING CAN CAUSE EQUIPMENT FAILURE AND SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH.
4. LIFT LOAD: Lift load slowly using the following guidelines:

a. Use Boom for lifting and lowering.
b. Keep Load in sight or in sight of designated signalman at all times.
c. Pause when load is no more than one foot above rest position to observe any down drift, load imbalance, or shifting. If
any of these conditions are observed lower the load and take corrective action before resuming the lifting operation.
WARNING
DO NOT PROCEED WITH LOAD LIFTING IF ANY DOWN DRIFT, LOAD IMBALANCE, OR DRIFTING IS
OBSERVED. CORRECT ANY OF THESE CONDITIONS BEFORE CONTINUING. FAILURE TO DO SO IS A LIFE
THREATENING HAZARD.
d. Raise Load to clear all obstacles in the intended travel path. Never raise load higher than necessary for safe clearance.
5. ROTATE CRANE: With load elevated to desired height rotate crane using a cautious speed and damping all swaying
when desired location is reached. Avoid abrupt starts and stops.
CAUTION
WHEN CRANE ROTATION IS STOPPED SWAY WILL RESULT. SWAYING MUST BE DAMPED BY SLOW
STOPPING AND THEN ROTATING CRANE SLIGHTLY (INCHING) IN THE DIRECTION OF THE SWAY. TO
NEGLECT THIS MANEUVER CAUSES BOOM SIDE LOADING EFFECT PREVIOUSLY NOTED.
6. EXTEND LOAD: When desired crane-load alignment with load landing site is reached boom extension must not exceed
specified load-reach capacity.
7. LOWER LOAD: Using care to assure correct load placement, lower load at reasonable speed using boom.
Updated:
09/07/07
CRANE/ STABILIZER OPERATION
OPERATION SHUTDOWN
When load handling is completed shutdown is accomplished as follows:
1. STOW CRANE: Return crane to transport position.

2. RETRACT OUTRIGGERS: Return outriggers to storage position.
3. DE-ENERGIZE CRANE SYSTEM
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
Routine preventive maintenance is essential to keeping crane at peak operating efficiency. The maintenance procedures and
frequency schedules outlined in this section should always be adhered to by operating and maintenance personnel.
LUBRICATION
Lubrication should be performed monthly at the following lubrication points. This is based upon normal equipment use and mild
climatic conditions. When this equipment is subjected to heavy use or severe weather conditions it may be necessary to increase
lubrication maintenance frequency.
Updated:
09/07/07
HYDRAULIC OIL REPLACEMENT
Hydraulic oil in the unit reservoir should be changed every six months or after 800 hours of service, and after any major hydraulic
component failure.
In addition to regular hydraulic oil replacement, the oil should be periodically sampled and examined for breakdown, sludge, and
water contamination. If any of these conditions are observed the oil should be changed between service intervals.
Hydraulic oil replacement and system purging is as follows:
1. Prepare for procedure by having sufficient new oil on hand to completely fill the unit reservoir, cylinders, lines, and
other hydraulic components; and extra oil to allow for loss. Also have a receptacle of adequate size to catch all waste oil.
2. Select a vehicle parking location which will provide secure outrigger footing and allow full extension of the crane unit to
the side horizontally and to full elevation range.
3. Park vehicle on selected location, extend outriggers full stroke where applicable, and extend crane to its maximum
horizontal side reach position. Shut off system power.
4. With waste oil container in place remove drain plug in bottom of reservoir and remove dipstick to allow air flow. When
reservoir has drained completely remove reservoir inspection cover. Remove suction strainer and wipe clean. Wipe
reservoir and suction strainer bowl clean with lint free cloth. Replace suction strainer and inspection port. Replace plug.
5. Disconnect, drain, and reconnect pump pressure hoses. Replace return line canister filter element. Make sure all
connections are secure.
Updated:
09/07/07
NOTICE
Purging the hydraulic system consists of supplying new oil to the lines and components via the reservoir while the return line is
disconnected and the old oil is diverted to a waste container. During this procedure the oil level in the reservoir should be
maintained at no less than 1/3 of reservoir capacity to insure no air introduction to the system.
6. Fill reservoir to “Full” mark on dipstick and check drain plug to assure there are no leaks.
7. Disconnect the reservoir return line hose and securely direct the oil flow to the waste container.
8. Power the system and with slow speed:
1) Retract extension booms fully; 2) Horizontally rotate crane 90°; 3) elevate inner boom to fullest height;
4) Lower inner boom to its lowest position; and 5) Retract outriggers. The system is not fully purged.
9. Shut system power off. Reconnect return line and check oil level. Fill reservoir to “Full” as required.
REGULAR INSPECTION
It is recommended that the equipment user establish a regular maintenance inspection schedule and an appropriate record system
of the same. A regular preventive maintenance schedule for this unit is provided in this manual. The user may wish to expand
upon it but at no time should the points outlined be omitted. It is also important that records be routinely kept of these inspections
and actions taken.
In addition to a regular inspection schedule it may be necessary to perform special inspections of the unit if it is subjected to
periods of unusually heavy use, long periods of idleness, or is damaged in any way.
Updated:
09/07/07
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
ITEM DESCRIPTION INTERVAL

DAY WEEK MONTH 6 MONTH
Walk Around Inspection Inspect unit for any visible defects- oil leaks, metal
deformation, weld failure, loose or damaged chain, X
hoses, or wire rope, and other obvious flaws
Regular Maintenance This procedure is detailed below and should be a
Inspection logged task activity at indicated interval. X X X X
Structural Members Inspect all structural members for metal fatigue,
weld failure, and structural deformation. X
Load Bearing Surfaces Check all wear pads for wear, deformation, or
tearing. X
Check all bearings for displacement and obvious
wear deformation. X
Hydraulic System Check oil level. Check oil sample for
contamination and breakdown. X
Replace filter element canister X
Check hoses for flattening and outer walls for
blistering, wear, and pitting. Check hose fittings X
and surfaces for leakage signs.
Change oil and clean suction strainer. X
Perform dynamic load holding test both raising and
lowering to a stop. X
Inspect pump, motor, valves, and other hydraulic
components for signs of leakage. Check couplings X
for soundness.
Updated:
09/07/07
S1000
BOLTS TORQUE AND SIZE SAE.

Thread Size Socket Size Torque Ft lbs... Lubed Torque N-m Grade
1/4" C 7/16 79 in 9 5
1/4" F 7/16 91 in 10 5
5/16" C 1/2 14 19 5
5/16" F 1/2 15 20 5
3/8" C 9/16 24 33 5
3/8" F 9/16 27 37 5
7/16" C 5/8 38 52 5
7/16" F 5/8 43 58 5
1/2" C 3/4 83 113 8
1/2" F 3/4 94 127 8
9/16" C 13/16 120 163 8
9/16" F 13/16 134 182 8
5/8" C 15/16 166 225 8
5/8" F 15/16 189 256 8
3/4" C 1 1/8 295 400 8
3/4" F 1 1/8 330 447 8
7/8" C 1 5/16 477 647 8
7/8" F 1 5/16 526 713 8
1" C 1 1/2 715 969 8
1" F 1 1/2 783 1062 8
1 1/8" C 1 11/16 1013 1373 8
1 1/8" F 1 11/16 1137 1542 8
1 1/4" C 1 7/8 1430 1939 8
1 1/4" F 1 7/8 1584 2148 8
1 3/8" C 2 1/16 1875 2542 8
1 3/8" F 2 1/16 2135 2895 8
1 1/2" C 2 1/4 2489 3375 8
1 1/2" F 2 1/4 2799 3795 8
1 3/4" C 2 5/8 3740 5071 8
1 3/4" F 2 5/8 4300 5830 8
2" C 3
2" F 3
2 1/4" C 3 3/8
2 1/4" F 3 3/8
2 1/2" C 3 3/4
2 1/2" F 3 3/4
2 3/4" C 4 1/8
2 3/4" F 4 1/8
3" C 4 1/2
3" F 4 1/2
(C) Course Threads

(F) Fine Threads
LUBRICANT CROSS F1003
REFERENCE Page 1 of 2
ENGINE OIL VISCOSITY RECOMMENDATIONS
IMPORTANT:
Whenever performing service on this vehicle, make certain it has first been placed in service position.
Basic service and maintenance procedures are illustrated in the maintenance manuals. These are to be
performed at regular intervals based on hours of operation. For further details on service and necessary major
component adjustments (i.e. engine, transmission, axles, etc.) see respective sections in this manual. Read and
become familiar with them. Any further questions, contact your local Getman Distributor.
The viscosity of the oil is greatly influenced by the

ambient temperature, the choice of SAE-grade
should be governed by the ambient temperature of
the engine site (see diagram). If temperatures
temporarily fall below the limit of the SAE grade
selected, engine will not be damaged. However,
starting performance will be affected. During winter
operation viscosity grade should be governed by
ambient temperature when starting engine.
Synthetics maybe of choice.
FLUID SPECIFICATIONS
COMPONENT SYMBOL FLUID
Hydraulic Transmission Fluid, Type TO-4, J20 C, D, MIL-L-2104C,
Transmission & Torque Converter TF C-4
Examples: Citgo Transgard Torque Converter 250, Shell Donax T,
Mobil Trans HD, Texaco Texamatic 4291
Hydraulic system (Steering and optional Use only an “MS” API (MS-DG) oil, MIL-L244459
cylinders) HO Examples: Citgo AW 68 Hydraulic Oil, Shell Tellus 68, Mobil DTE
26, Texaco Rando HD 68
Mineral Base Oil.
Drive Axle Differential Examples: Citgo Transgard Tractor Hydraulic Fluid, Shell Donax TD,
(Front and Rear) Mobil Mobil Fluid 424, Texaco Super Universal Tractor Oil.
All Grease Fittings including Upper & Grade 2 Lithium Base Extreme Pressure Grease, MIL-G-10924A
Lower Hinge Pins, Bearings, & Oscillating EPG Examples: Citgo Overdrive HD, Shell Super Duty Lithium MDS,
Trunnion Mobil Mobilegrease Special, Texaco Multifak All-Purpose EP-2
All Linkage EO Hand Oil As Required
Fuel System D2 #2 Diesel Fuel, Centane 40 Minimum
SEE COMPLETE CROSS REFERENCE LIST ON NEXT PAGE
Updated:
04/26/07
LUBRICANT CROSS F1003
REFERENCE Page 2 of 2
ENGINE & AIR CLEANER (OIL BATH) AXLES - FORD, JOHN DEERE, NAF
(Engine Manufacturers Specifications.)
Shell Rotella Shell Donax TD

Gear Oil 90 LS
BP Vanellus C-Extra Citgo Transgard Tractor
Citgo C-500 Motor Oil Hydraulic Fluid
Conoco HD Fleet Conoco Power Trans. 11 Fluid
Gulf Super Duty Gulf Universal Tractor Fluid
Mobil Delvac 1300 Mobil Mobil Fluid 424
Mobillube SHC-LS
Sunoco Super-C Sunoco TH Tractor Fluid
Texaco Ursa Super Premium Texaco Super Universal
Exxon XD-3 Tractor Oil
Exxon Hydraul 560
BP Energear LS 90
POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION OIL HYDRAULIC OIL

CLARK, JOHN DEERE (TYPE C-3, TO -4)
Shell Donax T Shell Tellus 68

BP Autran C-4/TO-4 BP AW 68
Citgo Transgard Torque Citgo AW 68 Hydraulic Oil
Converter 250 Conoco Hydroclear AW 68
Conoco Powerdrive Fluid Gulf Harmony 68 AW
Gulf HT C-3 Fluid Mobil DTE 26
Mobil Trans HD Sunoco Sunvis 800
Sunoco TO-4 Transmission Texaco Rando HD 68
Texaco Texamatic 4291 Exxon Nuto H68
Torque converter/transmission lubricant must be

qualified by one of the following specifications.
ORDER OF PREFERENCE PER SPICER OFF CHASSIS GREASE

HIGHWAY:
1. Caterpillar TO-4 Shell Super Duty

2. John Deere/Funk J20 C, D Lithium MDS
3. Military MIL-PRF-2104G BP Energrease LC
4. Allison C-4 Citgo Overdrive HD
5. Dexron II Equivalent unless using Graphite Conoco Super Lube
Gulf Crown LC3
Mobil Mobilegrease Special
LUBRICANTS NOT RECOMMENDED: Sunoco Ultra Prestige
DEXRON III, ENGINE OIL, ANY GL-5 OILS Texaco Multifak All-Purpose
EP-2
Exxon Ronex Extra Duty
Moly 2
Updated:
04/26/07
GETMAN EQUIPMENT F1001
STORAGE PROCEDURES Page 1 of 1
The following storage instructions are intended to help ensure

optimum performance from Getman equipment that will not be
utilized for a period of three months to one year.
! IMPORTANT
The following instructions be followed as described in order to
keep your warranty valid.
ENGINE TRANSMISSION & HYDRAULICS

Change oil using an oil with corrosion preventing No special care is required except exposed cylinder
properties of a least a HD-S1 oil. Listed are some rods should be covered with grease.
of the oils that have been approved: Esso
MZ20X20V7N; Texaco EKM 162; Shell V6828. AXLE
Axle housings should be filled completely to
Change oil and fuel filters. eliminate the change of moisture condensation.
Fill fuel tank completely with a mixture of diesel BRAKE SYSTEM

fuel and 10% corrosion inhibiting motor oil. Drain all air reservoirs of moisture.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes to fill fuel lines BATTERY

and filters, injection pump and nozzles with Remove battery; clean off top, and store in a well-
preservative mixture. ventilated battery storage area. Do not store on
concrete or metal.
If engine is to be stored over six months, seal intake
and exhaust system to keep moisture out. EQUIPMENT STORAGE FOR LESS THAN
THREE MONTHS
When storing equipment for less than three months,
vehicles should be started and driven for a
minimum of two minutes every two weeks.
Any further questions please contact your local

Getman Distributor or the contact information
below.
Getman Corporation, 59750 34th Avenue, Bangor, Michigan 49013, U.S.A. Updated:
Telephone: (269) 427-5611/ Facsimile: (269) 427-8781/ E-mail: info@getman.com. 04/26/07
TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK F1002
LIST Page 1 of 2
CAUSE REMEDY
ENGINE WON’T CRANK
1. SHIFT LEVER IN WRONG POSITION 1. APPLY TO NEUTRAL

2. PARK BRAKE NOT APPLIED 2. APPLY PARK BRAKE
3. MAIN FUSE IN BATTERY BOX 3. REPLACE FUSE
BLOWN
4. DEAD BATTERY 4. CHARGE OF REPLACE
5. LOOSE OR CORRODED CABLES 5. CLEAN AND TIGHTEN
6. NEUTRAL START SWITCH FAULTY 6. REPLACE SWITCH
7. START SWITCH FAULTY 7. REPLACE SWITCH
8. STARTER FAULTY 8. REPLACE STARTER
ENGINE CRANKS BUT WON’T START
1. OUT OF FUEL 1. FILL TANK

2. SHUT OFF VALVES CLOSED 2. OPEN VALVES
3. FUEL FILTER PLUGGED 3. REPLACE FILTER
4. FUEL LINES LEAKING 4. TIGHTEN ALL LINES
5. PREHEAT FAILS 5. TIGHTEN TERMINALS, REPLACE IF
NEEDED
ENGINE OVERHEATS
1. BROKEN FAN BELT 1. REPLACE BELT

2. AIR INLET OBSTRUCTED 2. REMOVE OBSTRUCTION
3. LOW COOLANT LEVEL 3. FILL SYSTEM. CHECK FOR LEAKS
4. RADIATOR BLOCKED 4. CLEAN WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR
HIGH PRESSURE WATER
LOW OIL PRESSURE
1. LOW OIL LEVEL 1. FILL TO PROPER LEVEL. CHECK

FOR LEAKS.
2. PRESSURE GAUGE FAULTY 2. REPLACE GAUGE
3. RELIEF VALVE FAULTY 3. CLEAN OR REPLACE
4. OIL PUMP WORN 4. REPLACE PUMP
5. EXCESSIVE WEAR IN BEARINGS 5. REBUILD OR REPLACE ENGINE
TRANSMISSION NOT FUNCTIONING PROPERLY
1. LOW OR ERRATIC TRANSMISSION 1. ADD TRANSMISSION OIL. CHECK

CHARGE PRESSURE. FOR LEAKS.
2. TRANSMISSION PRESSURE DROPS 2. VERIFY CLUTCH FOR LEAKAGE.
ONLY IN CERTAIN GEARS. REPAIR.
Updated:
04/26/07
TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK F1002
LIST Page 2 of 2
3. PRESSURE OK BUT NOT ENGAGING 3. VERIFY CONTROL VALVE
CERTAIN GEARS ELECTRICAL SOLENOIDS
CONNECTIONS.
SEE “CONVERTER AND TRANSMISSION – SECTION 5” OF SPARE PARTS AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
PARKING BRAKE NOT HOLDING PROPERLY
1. BRAKE OUT OF ADJUSTMENT 1. READJUST

2. BRAKE PADS WORN OUT 2. REPLACE PADS
PARKING BRAKE WON’T RELEASE
1. HYDRAULIC PRESSURE LOW 1. CHECK OIL LEVEL AND RELIEF

VALVE SETTING.
2. LOOSE OR BROKEN LINES 2. TIGHTEN OR REPLACE
STEERING SYSTEM NOT FUNCTIONING PROPERLY
1. HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL TOO LOW 1. FILL TO PROPER LEVEL

2. RELIEF VALVE IN FLOW DIVIDER 2. CLEAN OR REPLACE AND CHECK
TOO LOW RELIEF SETTING
3. HYDRAULIC PUMP WORN 3. REPLACE PUMP
4. STEERING VALVE FAULTY 4. REPLACE VALVE
5. STEER CYLINDER LEAKING 5. REPAIR OR REPLACE
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM NOT FUNCTIONING PROPERLY
1. LOW FLUID LEVEL 1. FILL TO PROPER LEVEL

2. SUCTION STRAINER BLOCKED 2. CLEAN OR REPLACE
3. HYDRAULIC FILTERS PLUGGED 3. REPLACE FILTERS
4. LOOSE CONNECTIONS OR 4. TIGHTEN OR REPLACE
DAMAGED HOSE
5. RELIEF VALVE STICKING 5. CLEAN OR REPLACE
6. RELIEF VALVE SET TOO LOW 6. ADJUST TO PROPER SETTING
7. WORN PUMP 7. REPLACE PUMP
Updated:
04/26/07
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE F1004
SCHEDULE FORMS Page 1 of 5
S/N________ HOURS________ DATE_________
SIGNATURE______________________________
DAILY SERVICES
OK PARTS UNIT PERFORM THE FOLLOWING CHECKS

ORDERED DOWN
Tire pressure and condition
Hydraulic fluid level
Engine oil level
Clean intake precleaner dust bowl
Fuel level
Engine belt wear
Grease axle trunnions
Transmission fluid level
Grease top and bottom articulation pins
Grease steer cylinder pins
Hydraulic system leaks
Fuel system leaks
Instrument operation
All controls for movement and adjustment
Park brake performance
Service brake performance
Updated:
04/26/07
S/N________ HOURS________ DATE_________
SIGNATURE______________________________
50 HOUR SERVICE

ORDERED DOWN
Check wheel nut torque
Check battery and clean posts
Check air cleaner service indicator
Check air intake clamps and connections
Clean radiator fins
Check exhaust back pressure
Daily services
Updated:
04/26/07
S/N________ HOURS________ DATE_________
SIGNATURE______________________________
250 HOUR SERVICE

ORDERED DOWN
Grease driveline and universal joints
Change transmission fluid
Change transmission filter
Check hydraulic fluid, change if needed.
Change hydraulic filter element
Change differential fluid
Clean axle breather vents
Change engine oil
Change engine oil filter
Change fuel filter
Change fuel water separator
Check park brake adjustment
Check radiator and if equipped exhaust heat
exchanger coolant, change if needed
50 hour services
Daily services
Updated:
04/26/07
S/N________ HOURS________ DATE_________
SIGNATURE______________________________
500 HOUR SERVICES

ORDERED DOWN
Remove internal strainer from hydraulic reservoir
and clean
250 hour services
50 hour services
Daily services
Updated:
04/26/07
S/N________ HOURS________ DATE_________
SIGNATURE______________________________
1000 HOUR SERVICES

ORDERED DOWN
Change differential fluid
500 hour services
250 hour services
50 hour services
Daily services
Updated:
04/26/07
F1005
SERVICE REPORT FORM
Page 1 of 1
MAKE COMMENTS ON FAULTS FOUND – FACT OF YOUR OPINION:
FAULTS FOUND IF ANY:
ACTION TAKEN IF ANY:
PARTS USED:
NOTE: SAFETY FIRST
MAINTENANCE
PERSON’S SIGNATURE:________________________________________ DATE:___________________
SUPERVISOR’S
SIGNATURE:__________________________________________________ DATE:___________________
Updated:
04/26/07
F1006
SHIFT CHANGE CHECK LIST
Page 1 of 1
OK
1 CHECK FUEL OIL LEVEL
2 CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
3 CHECK V-BELT CONDITION
4 CHECK HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL
5 CHECK COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL
6 CHECK CYLINDER PINS AND KEEPERS
7 CHECK ALL HYDRAULIC HOSES FOR LEAKS OR
WEAR
8 CHECK HORN AND LIGHTS
9 SECURE BIN DOOR
10 CHECK WHEEL LUG NUTS
11 CHECK FOR MISSING OR LOOSE NUTS, BOLTS OR
SCREWS
12 TEST PARKING BRAKE
Updated:
04/26/07
MANUAL INDEX
A-64 DUNBAR ANFO
MINERA BISMARK
S/N 6964
11/02/07
2. CHASSIS
10368 SIGHT GAUGE

10376 FILL CAP (FUEL OIL)
10398 FILL CAP (HYDRAULIC OIL)
10448 HOLD DOWN FASTENERS
13533 SEAT ASSEMBLY
13942 STEERING (PINS, BEARINGS, BUSHINGS)
12043 ARTICULATION INSTALLATION
10368
SIGHT GAUGE
Page 1 of 1
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY.

1 53011 WINDOW SIGHT GAUGE 1
Updated:
12/11/06
FILL CAP 10376
Page 1 of 1

392012 CAP & SCREEN ASSEMBLY (INCLUDES ITEMS 1, 2) 1
1 NSS CAP 1
2 NSS SCREEN 1
Updated:
03/08/07
10398
FILL CAP (HYDRAULIC OIL)
Page 1 of 1

52500 CAP & SCREEN ASSEMBLY 1
1 54048 CAP 1
2 54003 SCREEN 1
Updated:
12/11/06
10448
HOLD DOWN FASTENERS
Page 1 of 1

1 132130 HOLD DOWN ASSEMBLY (INCLUDES ITEMS 5, 6) 1
2 594535 CLIP (USE AS REQUIRED) 1
3 01GE04 WASHER 4
4 01GC04008 BOLT 4
5* NSS STRAP 1
6* NSS CLIP (90 DEGREE MOUNT) 1
*ITEMS NOT SHOWN Updated:

12/11/06
13533
SEAT
Page 1 of 1

424371 SEAT ASSEMBLY 1
1 424392 CUSHION (BACK) 1
2 595327 ARMREST (OPTIONAL) (SET) 1*
3 424391 CUSHION (BOTTOM) 1
4 424390 TRACK SET (SET) 1*
5* 424381 SUSPENSION (SEAT) (OPTIONAL) 1
6* 424279 SEAT BELTS (SET) 1*

01/30/07
STEERING (PINS, BEARINGS, 13942
BUSHINGS) Page 1 of 1

1 26409-01 BEARING (IN CYLINDER TUBE END) 2
2 524202 BUSHING (STEERING EAR) 8
3 13796-01 PIN (STEERING CYLINDER) 4
4 SEE SECTION 8 STEERING CYLINDER 2
5 524203 BUSHING (STEERING CYLINDER) 2
Updated:
10/17/07
12043
ARTICULATION JOINT
Page 1 of 3
Updated:
12/11/06
12043
ARTICULATION JOINT
Page 2 of 3

464332 ARTICULATION JOINT KIT (LRD 220) 1
(INCLUDES ITEMS 1-14)
464469 ARTICULATION JOINT KIT (A-64 WIDE) 1
464579 ARTICULATION JOINT KIT (A-64 STANDARD) 1
464739 ARTICULATION JOINT KIT (LRD 220) 1
1 NSS JOINT PLATE 2
2 10697-01 CAP PIN 1
3 16369-02 BUSHING - CAP SIDE 2
4 594572 SHIM CAP (.005 IN.) (.13MM) A/R
594573 SHIM CAP (.007 IN.) (.18MM) A/R
594574 SHIM CAP (.020 IN.) (.51MM) A/R
5 16367-03 BEARING INSERT ASSEMBLY (INCLUDES ITEM 8) 2
6 594575 SHIM INSERT (.005 IN.) (.13MM) A/R
594576 SHIM INSERT (.007 IN.) (.18MM) A/R
594577 SHIM INSERT (.020 IN.) (.51MM) A/R
7 NSS JOINT PLATE 2
8 264032 BEARING 2
9 16369-03 BUSHING PIN SIDE 2
10 13796-03 PIN 2
11 NSS JOINT PLATE 2
12 73GC08016 CAP SCREW (SCKT HD) 12
13 17GC08024 CAP SCREW (HEX HD) 12
14 464420 CAP SCREW (HEX HD) 6
15 10697-01 CAP PIN 1
Updated:
12/11/06
12043
ARTICULATION JOINT
Page 3 of 3
1. MALE ASSEMBLY: INSTALL BEARING – INSERT (ITEM 5) WITH 3 SOCKET HEAD

CAPSCREWS (ITEM 12) EQUALLY SPACED WITH NO SHIMS. TORQUE SOCKET HEAD
CAPSCREWS TO (65 LB. FT.) (88N-M) AND MEASURE THE SPACE FOR THE NUMBER
OF (7” DIA.) (178MM) B.C. SHIMS REQUIRED (APPROX. .060). DISASSEMBLE AND
INSERT REQUIRED NUMBER OF SHIMS, REASSEMBLE AND INSTALL 6 SOCKET
HEAD CAPSCREWS (ITEM 12) WITH LOCKTITE AND TORQUE TO (100 LB. FT.) (135 N-
M). REPEAT PROCESS FOR BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM OF JOINT.
2. JOINT ASSEMBLY: INSTALL BUSHINGS (TOP ITEM 3, BOTTOM ITEM 9) WITH PIN
(ITEM 10) AND CAP (ITEM 2) AND CAPSCREW (ITEM 14) TORQUE TO (100 LB. FT.) (135
N-M) AND MEASURE THE SPACE FOR THE NUMBER OF (5 ¾”) (145MM) B.C. SHIMS
REQUIRED. DISASSEMBLE AND INSERT THE REQUIRED SHIMS (LESS .010”) (.25MM)
REASSEMBLE AND TORQUE THE (ITEM 14) CAPSCREW TO (175 LB. FT.) (235 N-M),
AND LOCKWIRE THE BOLTS TOGETHER. INSTALL THE 6 CAPSCREWS (ITEM 13)
WITH LOCKTITE AND TORQUE TO (1OO LB. FT.) (135 LB. FT.). REPEAT PROCESS FOR
BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM OF JOINT.
Updated:
12/11/06
MANUAL INDEX
A-64 DUNBAR ANFO
MINERA BISMARK
S/N 6964
11/02/07
3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS
30304 WIRING DIAGRAM

17092 INSTRUMENT PANEL
13918 ALTERNATOR
17092
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Page 1 of 2
465313-200

10/17/07
17092
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Page 2 of 2

1 124401 ENGINE OIL PSI GAUGE (3304/3056/F6L-912) 1
* 124255 ENGINE OIL PSI SENDER (3304/3056/F6L-912) 1
1 124400 ENGINE OIL PSI GAUGE (DEUTZ 1013 2012) 1
* 44140 ENGINE OIL SENDER (DEUTZ 1013, 2012) 1
2 124399 ENGINE TEMP GAUGE (CAT 3056/3304) 1
* 124253 ENGINE TEMP SENDER (CAT 3056/3304) 1
2 124402 ENGINE HEAD TEMP GAUGE (DEUTZ F6L-912W) 1
* 124299 ENGINE HEAD TEMP SENDER (DEUTZ F6L-912W) 1
2 124403 ENGINE TEMP GAUGE (DEUTZ 1013, 2012) 1
* 44167 ENGINE TEMP SENDER (DEUTZ 1013, 2012) 1
3 124396 VOLTMETER GAUGE 24V 1
4 124441 HOURMETER GAUGE 1
5 465085 TACHOMETER GAUGE 1
* 124426 RESISTOR (5 WATT) TACHOMETER 1
* 124258 INSTRUMENT BULB TACHOMETER 1
6 124403 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE GAUGE 1
* 124406 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENDER 1
7 124421 CONVERTER PRESSURE GAUGE 1
* 124278 CONVERTER PRESSURE SENDER 1
8 134019 PARK BRAKE SWITCH 1
* 134020 PARK BRAKE BUTTON 1
9 122100 PARK BRAKE TEST BUTTON 1
* 124433 GRAY DUST CAP 1
10 124148 BOOM LIGHT SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 1
11 122100 HORN SWITCH 1
12 134117 CIRCUIT BREAKER (10AMP) A/R
134009 CIRCUIT BREAKER (20AMP) A/R
134118 CIRCUIT BREAKER (30AMP) A/R
13 124121 PLC RESET SWITCH 1
14 122100 GLOWPLUG OVERRIDE BUTTON 1
15 44119 GLOWPLUG PREHEAT INDICATOR 1
16 124313 WARNING BUZZER 1
17 124380 START SWITCH 1
18 124462 LIGHT SWITCH 1
19 124148 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH OPTIONAL 1
20 SEE GETMAN WARNING PANEL (SEE INSTRUMENT WARNING PANEL 1
PAGE FOR DESCRIPTION)
21 124148 CANOPY LIGHT SWITCH OPTIONAL 1

10/17/07
13918
ALTERNATOR
Page 1 of 1

1 44260 ALTERNATOR (DEUTZ 2012 12V/140A) 1
2* 284017 ALTERNATOR BELT 1

03/29/07
MANUAL INDEX
A-64 DUNBAR ANFO
MINERA BISMARK
S/N 6964
11/02/07
4. ENGINE AND ACCESSORIES
F1011 DEUTZ WARRANTY POLICY

S1056 ENGINE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
S1057 ENGINE PARTS MANUAL
F1012 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION
13715 ENGINE FILTERS
17096 RADIATOR INSTALLATION
13753 AIR INTAKE & EXHAUST SYSTEMS
11968 AIR CLEANER
S1020 EXHAUST INFORMATION
F1011
DEUTZ Warranty Statement

1. DEUTZ Corporation (“ DC” ) warrants to the original retail 5. This warranty does not cover any components supplied
customer that each new DEUTZ diesel engine (“ Engine” ) or by DC manufactured by someone other than DEUTZ AG,
genuine new DEUTZ spare or replacement part (“ Part” ) such as components obtained by DC from its suppliers
supplied by DC or an authorized distributor of DC, (other than DEUTZ AG), and DC makes no warranty
purchased by the original retail customer and properly whatsoever with respect to such components. Such
installed in an application, will be free from defects in components will be covered only by the warranties, if any,
material and workmanship under normal use and service. as may be issued by such suppliers themselves, which
If, during the warranty period following the delivery of the warranties will be made available to customer upon
Engine or Part, it is shown there is a defect in material or request.
workmanship caused solely by failure of DC’ s manufacturer
(DEUTZ AG) to meet such standards, and customer has 6. The warranties, obligations, liabilities and remedies of
notified DC in writing of such defect within that period, DC the parties, as provided herein, are exclusive and in lieu of
shall repair or replace, at DC’ s cost and option, such any others available at law or in equity. DC’ s total
defective Engine or Part. Such repair or replacement will aggregate liability with respect to any defective Engine or
be made without charge to the customer at customer’ s Part shall not exceed the amount paid by the customer for
premises or, at the option of DC, at such other location as such Engine or Part and customer agrees to release,
DC may designate. Any Engine or Part that is replaced defend, indemnify and hold DC harmless from and against
shall become the property of DC. Any repaired or replaced any and all further liability arising in any manner from any
Engine or Part shall be warranted until the expiration of the alleged defective Engine or Part. To the fullest extent
original warranty period. DC’ s warranty obligation is allowed by law, releases from, and limitations of liability
expressly conditioned upon the customer fulfilling all shall apply notwithstanding breach of contract, tort
obligations pursuant to customer’ s purchase order, (including negligence), strict liability or other theory of legal
including, without limitation, all payment obligations. liability of the party released or whose liability is limited.
The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern this warranty.
2. ENGINES: Warranty coverage is provided
for the DEUTZ diesel engine series listed below: 7. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE CUSTOMER
Warranty Warranty BE ENTITLED TO RECISSION OR TO A REDUCTION IN
Period Operating Hours Coverage THE PURCHASE PRICE. CUSTOMER WAIVES ANY
AND ALL CLAIM FOR LOSS OF TIME, REPLACEMENT
12 months Unlimited All Components
POWER, INCREASED COST, INCONVENIENCE, LOSS
OF USE OR PROFIT, LOSS OF GOODWILL, COST OF
1008, 1008F 1000h CAPITAL, COST OF RENTALS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
909, 1011, 2010, 2011 2000h INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY,
24 months 2008, 2009 2000h All Components INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
1012, 2012, 1013, 2013 3000h WHATSOEVER.
910, 912, 913, 914 3000h
1015, 2015 5000h 8. THIS WARRANTY AND THE DC LIMITED WARRANTY
FOR EPA-APPROVED DEUTZ DIESEL ENGINES AND
1008, 1008F 1500h Main Components, NEW GENUINE DEUTZ DIESEL ENGINE PARTS
909, 1011, 2010, 2011 3000h Crankcase,
Crankshaft,
INSTALLED IN SUCH ENGINES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL
36 months 2008, 2009 3000h OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF DC
Camshaft,
1012, 2012, 1013, 2013 4500h Connecting Rods, AND DEUTZ AG WITH RESPECT TO DEUTZ DIESEL
910, 912, 913, 914 4500h Cylinder Head Casting ENGINES AND GENUINE DEUTZ DIESEL ENGINE
1015, 2015 7500h PARTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
The Engine warranty will commence at the date of sale to IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
the original retail customer, or one year from the date of FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NEITHER
manufacture, whichever occurs first. DC NOR DEUTZ AG ASSUME, NOR AUTHORIZE ANY
DISTRIBUTOR OR OTHER PERSON TO ASSUME, ON
3. PARTS: Warranty coverage is provided for each new THEIR BEHALF, ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR
genuine DEUTZ Part for a period of 12 months from the LIABILITY.
date of sale to the original retail customer.
9. For details of the DEUTZ warranty contact:
4. This warranty does not cover the following: (i) wear and DEUTZ Corporation
tear or contaminants; (ii) exposure, corrosion or prolonged Warranty Department
or improper storage; (iii) normal maintenance service or the 3883 Steve Reynolds Blvd
replacement or repair of parts required to be replaced or Norcross GA 30093 USA
repaired in the course of normal maintenance service; (iv) Phone: 770-564-7100
improper installation, use, fuels, lubricants, operation, www.deutzusa.com
maintenance, transportation or packing; (v) misuse,
alteration, negligence and accidents; (vi) chemical or
electrical action; and (vii) unauthorized repairs.
Limited Warranty for DEUTZ Engine or DEUTZ Part Rev. August, 2006
S1056
Operation Manual
2012
C 2000
1 Gerade BA 2012 9912en
S1056
Safety guidelines / Accident prevention
● Please read and observe the information

given in this Operation Manual. This will ● Unauthorized engine modifications will in-
enable you to avoid accidents, preserve the validate any liability claims against the manu-
manufacturer’s warranty and maintain the facturer for resultant damage.
engine in peak operating condition. Manipulations of the injection and regulating
system may also influence the performance
● This engine has been built exclusively for of the engine, and its emissions. Adherence
the application specified in the scope of to legislation on pollution cannot be guaran-
supply, as described by the equipment manu- teed under such conditions.
facturer and is to be used only for the
intended purpose. Any use exceeding that ● Do not change, convert or adjust the cooling
scope is considered to be contrary to the air intake area to the blower.
intended purpose. The manufacturer will The manufacturer shall not be held respon-
not assume responsibility for any damage sible for any damage which results from
resulting therefrom. The risks involved are such work.
to be borne solely by the user.
● When carrying out maintenance/repair op-
● Use in accordance with the intended pur- erations on the engine, the use of DEUTZ
pose also implies compliance with the con- original parts is prescribed. These are spe-
ditions laid down by the manufacturer for cially designed for your engine and guaran-
operation, maintenance and servicing. The tee perfect operation.
engine should only be operated by person- Non-compliance results in the expiry of the
nel trained in its use and the hazards in- warranty!
volved.
● Maintenance and cleaning of the engine
● The relevant accident prevention guidelines should only be carried out when the engine
and other generally accepted safety and is switched off and has cooled down.
industrial hygiene regulations must be ob- You must ensure that the electrical systems
served. have been switched off and the ignition key
has been removed.
● When the engine is running, there is a risk of Accident prevention guidelines concerning
injury through: electrical systems (e.g. VDE-0100/-0101/-
- turning/hot components 0104/-0105 Electrical protective measures
- engines with positive ignition against dangerous touch voltage) are to be
- ignition systems (high electrical voltage) observed.
You must avoid contact at all times! When cleaning with fluids, all electrical com-
ponents are to be covered impermeably.
00_GB.p65 2 04.02.2002, 14:23

S1056
Operation Manual
2012
0297 9912 en
Engine Serial
Number:
Please enter the engine serial number here. This

number should be quoted when inquiring about
Customer Service, Repairs or Spare Parts (see
Section 2.1).
Technical modifications required to improve our

engines are reserved with regard to specification
data and other technical information contained in
this Operation Manual. No parts of this Manual
© 2003
may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without our written approval.
S1056
Foreword
Dear Customer,
Liquid-cooled DEUTZ engines are designed

for a large number of applications. Conse-
quently, a wide range of variants are offered to
meet the requirements of specific cases.
Your engine is appropriately equipped for the

installation concerned, which means that not
all of the components described in this Opera-
tion Manual are necessarily mounted to your
engine.
We have endeavored to highlight any differ-

ences so that you will be able to locate the
operating and maintenance instructions rel-
evant to your engine quickly and easily.
Please read this Manual before starting your

engine, and always observe the operating
and maintenance instructions.
We are available to help with any additional
inquiries
Sincerely,
DEUTZ AG
© 31 493 0
© 2003
S1056
Index
1. General 3.2.1 Electric Starting 6.1.1 Oil Change Intervals

3.3 Monitoring Operation 6.1.2 Check Oil Level, Change Engine Oil
3.3.1 Engine Oil Pressure 6.1.3 Replace Oil Filter
2. Engine Description 3.3.2 Coolant Temperature 6.1.4 Clean/Replace Oil Filter (Cup)
2.1 Model 3.4 Shutting off 6.2 Fuel System
2.1.1 Rating Plate
3.4.1 Mech. Stopping 6.2.1 Replace Fuel Filter
2.1.2 Position of the Rating Plate
3.4.2 Electr. Stopping 6.2.2 Fuel Pre-filter, Clean Filter Element /
2.1.3 Engine Serial Number 3.5 Operating Conditions Replace if Necessary
2.1.4 Cylinder Enumeration
3.5.1 Winter Operation 6.2.3 Bleed Fuel System
2.2 Engine Illustrations
3.5.2 High Ambient Temperature, High Alt- with Fuel Pre-filter
2.2.1 Operating Side 2012 itude 6.2.4 Bleed Fuel System
Ribbed V-belt Drive
without Fuel Pre-filter
2.2.2 Starter Side 2012
Ribbed V-belt Drive
4. Operating Media 6.3 Cooling System
4.1 Lube Oil 6.3.1 Cleaning Intervals
2.2.3 Operating Side 2012
4.1.1 Quality 6.3.2 Clean Cooling System
4.1.2 Viscosity 6.3.3 Drain Cooling System
2.3 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic 6.3.4 Fill / Bleed Cooling System
2.3.1 Lube Oil Plan 4.2 Fuel
4.2.1 Quality 6.4 Combustion Air Filter
2.4 Fuel System
4.2.2 Winter Fuel 6.4.1 Cleaning Intervals
2.4.1 Fuel System Plan 6.4.2 Emptying Cyclone Type Precleaner
2.5 Coolant System 4.3 Coolant
4.3.1 Water Quality for Coolant 6.4.3 Clean Oil Bath Air Filter
2.5.1 Coolant Plan 2012
4.3.2 Coolant Treatment 6.4.4 Dry Type Air Cleaner
4.3.3 Cooling System Protectants 6.5 Belt Drives
3. Engine Operation 6.5.1 Check V-belts
3.1 Commissioning – 2012 Standard
3.1.1 Pour in Engine Oil
5. Routine Maintenance
– 2012 with Ribbed V-belt
5.1 Maintenance Plan
3.1.2 Filling Oil Bath Air Filter with Engine
Oil 5.2 Maintenance Diagram
5.3 Maintenance Work Completed
3.1.3 Pour in Fuel
3.1.4 Fill / Bleed Cooling System
3.1.5 Other Preparations 6. Service and Maintenance
© 2003
3.2 Starting 6.1 Lubrication System
S1056
Index
6.5.2 Tension V-belts 7. Faults, Causes and Remedies

Coolant / Fuel Pump 7.1 Fault Table
6.5.3 Replace V-belts
Coolant / Fuel Pump 8. Engine Preservation
6.5.4 Replace V-belts
8.1 Preservation
Ribbed V-belts
6.5.5 Tension Alternator V-belts
6.5.6 Replace Alternator V-belts
9. Technical Specification
6.5.7 Wedge rib V-belts wear limit examine
6.6 Adjustments 9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings
6.6.1 Check Valve Clearance (Adjust if Neces- 9.2 Screw Tightening Torques
sary) 9.3 Tools
6.6.1.1 Valve Clearance Adjustment Plan
6.7 Accessories 10. Service
6.7.1 Battery
6.7.2 Rotary Current Alternator
6.7.3 Transportation Shackles
© 2003
S1056
General
DEUTZ Diesel Engines Care and Maintenance Service

1
are the product of many years of research and Sound care and maintenance practices will ensure Please contact one of our authorized service
development. The resulting know-how, coupled that the engine continues to meet the requirements representatives in the event of breakdowns or for
with stringent quality standards, guarantee their placed on it. Recommended service intervals must spare parts inquiries. Our trained specialists will
long service life, high reliability and low fuel be observed and service and maintenance work carry out repairs quickly and professionally, using
consumption. carried out conscientiously. only genuine spare parts.
It goes without saying that DEUTZ Diesel Engines Special care should be taken under abnormally Original parts from DEUTZ AG are always produced
meet the highest standards for environmental demanding operating conditions. in accordance with state-of-the-art technology.
protection. Please turn to the end of this manual for further
service information.
Beware of Running Engine Safety

California
Proposition 65 Warning
Shut the engine down before carrying out mainte- This symbol is used for all safety
nance or repair work. Ensure that the engine cannot warnings. Please follow them Diesel engine exhaust and some of its consti-
be accidentally started. Risk of accidents.
When the work is complete, be sure to refit any
! carefully. The attention of operating
personnel should be drawn to these
tuents are known to the State of California to
cause cancer, birth defects, and other repro-
ductive harm.
panels and guards that may have been removed. safety instructions. General safety
Never fill the fuel tank while the engine is running. and accident prevention regulations laid down by
Observe industrial safety regulations when running law must also be observed.
the engine in an enclosed space or underground.
Asbestos
DEUTZ original parts are asbestos-

free.
S1056
1
S1056
Engine Description
2
2.1 Model
2.2 Engine Illustrations
2.3 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic
2.4 Fuel System
2.5 Coolant System
© 2003
S1056
Engine Description 2.1 Model
2.1.1 Rating Plate 2.1.3 Engine Serial Number

2 2.1.2 Position of the Rating Plate
A B
C
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
The model A , the engine serial number B and The rating plate C is attached to the crankcase. The engine serial number is stamped on the
the performance data are stamped on the arrow
crankcase (arrow
arrow) as well as the rating plate.
rating plate.The model and engine serial
number must be given when ordering parts.
© 2003
S1056
2.1 Model Engine Description
2.1.4 Cylinder Enumeration

2
1 2 3 4
© 31 813 0
Cylinders are numbered consecutively, be-

ginning at the flywheel.
© 2003
S1056
Engine Description 2.2 Engine Illustration

2 Ribbed V-belt drive
1 Alternator
2 Oil filler
1 2 3 3 Coolant connection compensation line
4 Fan pulley
17 5 Fuel pump
6 Coolant pump
7 Ribbed V-belt pulley on crankshaft
4 8 Tension roller
9 Feet
16 10 Oil pan
11 Oil filler neck
12 Oil filter housing with engine oil cooler
13 Oil dipstick
5 14 Optional attachment of:
15 Compressor or hydraulic pump
15 Fuel filter cartridge
16 Oil filter cartridge
17 Tractive electromagnet
14 6
13 7
12 11 10 9 8
© 2003
© 31 482 0
S1056
2.2 Engine Illustration Engine Description

Ribbed V-belt drive
2
18 Turbocharger
19 Engine suspension
20 Speed regulator
18 19 21 Flywheel
22 SAE housing
27 23 Starter
24 Exhaust manifold
25 Coolant inlet
26 Heater flange not shown
27 Thermostat housing coolant outlet
26
20
25
24
21
23 22
© 2003
© 31 483 0
S1056
Engine Description 2.2 Engine Illustration

2
1 Turbocharger
2 Heater flange
3 Fan
14 1 4 Alternator
5 V-belt pulley on crankshaft
6 Coolant pump
7 Fuel pump
8 Oil filler
13 9 Oil filter housing with engine oil cooler
10 Oil filter housing with oil filter cartridge
2 11 Oil dipstick
12 Fuel filter
13 Tractive electromagnet
14 Oil filler neck
12
3
11
4
10
9
© 2003
8 7 6 5
© 31 484 0
S1056
2.2 Engine Illustration Engine Description

2
15 Engine suspension
16 Speed regulator
17 Flywheel
15 18 SAE housing
25 19 Oil pan
20 Starter
21 Feet
22 Alternator
23 Coolant inlet
24 Exhaust manifold
24 25 Coolant outlet
16
23
22
21
17
20 19 18
© 2003
© 31 485 0
S1056
Engine Description 2.3 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic
2 2.3.1 Lube Oil Plan
1 Oil pan
2 Intake line
3 Lube oil pump
4 Lube oil cooler
4.1 Heat exchanger bypass valve
4.2 Shut-off valve
4.3 Lube oil replacement filter
4.4 Oil pressure sensor
5 Main oil pipe
6 Crankshaft bearing
7 Con-rod bearing
8 Camshaft bearing
9 Line to spray nozzle
10 Spray nozzle for piston cooling
11 Valve lifter with rocker arm impulse lubrica-
tion
12 Stop rod, oil supply for rocker arm lubrication
13 Rocker arm
14 Return line to oil pan
15 Oil line to turbocharger
16 Turbocharger
17 Oil line to compressor or hydraulic pump
18 Compressor
19 Hydraulic pump
20 Return line from compressor or hydraulic
pump
21 Line to the differential (2x)
22 Balancer shafts
23 Turbocharger return to crankcase
© 2003
© 31 808 0
S1056
2.4 Fuel System Engine Description
2.4.1 Fuel System Plan

2
1 Fuel tank
8 9 7 2 Line to fuel pump
3 Fuel pump
4 Line to fuel filter
10 5 Fuel filter
6 Line to the injection pumps
7 Injection pump
5 8 Line to injection valve
9 Injection valve
11 10 Banjo bolt with pressure maintenance valve
11 Return line to fuel filter housing from
pressure maintenance valve
12 (with cup filter installation only)
12 Return line to fuel tank
13 13 Maintain maximum possible distance
© 2003
1 2 4 3 6
© 31 809 1
S1056
Engine Description 2.5 Coolant System
2.5.1 Coolant block diagram 2012

2 Example: With cup filter
1. Thermostat housing
2. Outlet neck cover
3. Coolant pump
12 4. Lube oil cooler
5. Cylinder cooling
6. Cylinder head cooling
13 10 11 7. Line from engine to heat exchanger
8. Heat exchanger
9. Line from heat exchanger to thermostat
6 10. Ventilation line to the compensation tank
11. Compensation tank
12. Coolant compensation line
13. Coolant return from heater
8 14. Coolant supply to heating at V-belts
15. Coolant supply to heating at ribbed
5 7
V-belts
15 9
3
© 2003
4 14
© 31 810 1
S1056
Engine Operation
3
3.1 Commissioning
3.2 Starting
3.3 Monitoring Operation
3.4 Shutting off
3.5 Operating Conditions
© 2003
S1056
Engine Operation 3.1 Commissioning
3.1.1 Pour in Engine Oil 3.1.2 Oil Bath Air Filter with
3 Engine Oil
OIL
FUEL
© 31 491 0 © 26 398 0
As a rule, engines are delivered without oil. Fill oil cup 1 of the oil bath air cleaner (if
Pour lube oil into the oil filler neck (arrow). installed) with oil up to the arrow.
Oil capacity, see 9.1. For oil grade and viscosity, see 4.1.
For oil grade and viscosity, see 4.1.
Never fill the fuel tank while the

© 2003
engine is running. Ensure clean-

! liness! Do not spill fuel!
S1056
3.1 Commissioning Engine Operation
3.1.3 Fill / Bleed Cooling System 3.1.4 Other Preparations

3
● 2012: In accordance with the radiator suppli- ● Check battery and cable connections, see
er’s specifications 6.7.1.
● Unit engine: In accordance with the radiator
supplier’s specifications ● Trial run
- After the engine has been prepared, carry out
a brief trial run for approx. 10 minutes, without
load if possible.
During and after the trial run

- Check the engine for leaks.
After the engine has been turned off

- Check oil level and top up if necessary,
see 6.1.2.
- Retension V-belts, see 6.5.
● Breaking in
During the break-in phase - about 200 operat-
ing hours - check the oil level twice a day.
After the engine is broken in, checking once a
day will be sufficient.
● In the event of commissioning engines

which have been preserved
Carry out removal of preservation in accord-
ance with Chapter 8.1.
© 2003
S1056
Engine Operation 3.2 Starting
3.2.1 Electric Starting

3 without cold start assistance
Before starting, make sure that

nobody is standing in the im-
! mediate vicinity of the engine
or driven machine.
After repair work:
2
Check that all guards have
been replaced and that all tools have been
removed from the engine.
When starting with glow plugs, do not use any
other starter substance (e.g. injection with
start pilot). Risk of accident! 1
Caution: If the speed regulator has been
removed, the engine must not be started
under any circumstances.
Disconnect the battery!
© 31 824 0 © 25 745 0
● Disengage the clutch to separate the en- ● Insert key

gine from any driven parts. - Position 0 = no operating voltage.
● Bring speed adjustment lever 1 into at least ● Turn key clockwise

the middle speed position in the direction of - Position 1 = operating voltage
the arrow. - Pilot lights 1 and 2 illuminate.
● Move cut-out handle 2 into operating posi- ● Push key in and turn further clockwise
tion counter to the direction of the arrow. against spring pressure.
- Position 2 = no function
Do not actuate the starter for more than 20 - Position 3 = start
seconds. If the engine does not catch, wait for one
minute then try again. ● Release key as soon as engine fires
© 2003
If the engine does not catch after two attempts, - The pilot lights will go out.
refer to the Fault Table (see 7.1).
S1056
3.2 Starting
with cold start assistance

3
Heater flange
© 25 746 2
● Insert key
- Position 0 = no operating voltage.
● Turn key clockwise

- Position 1 = operating voltage.
- Pilot lights illuminate, pre-glowing until
glow indicator is extinguished.
● Push key in and turn further clockwise

against spring pressure.
- Position 2 = no function
- Position 3 = start
● Release key as soon as engine fires.
© 2003
- The pilot lights will go out.
S1056
Engine Operation 3.3 Monitoring Operation
3.3.1 Engine Oil Pressure

3
Oil pressure lamp Oil Pressure Indicator Oil Pressure Gauge
© 25 752 1 © 25 753 0 © 25 754 0
● The oil pressure pilot light comes on with ● The pointer must remain in the green sector ● The pointer of the oil pressure gauge must
operating voltage on and engine off. over the entire operating range. display the minimum oil pressure (see 9.1)
● The oil pressure pilot light must be extin-

guished when the engine is running.
© 2003
S1056
3.3 Monitoring Operation Engine Operation
3.3.2 Coolant temperature

3
© 26 246 0
● The engine temperature gauge pointer

should always remain in the green sector. It
should rarely enter the yellow-green sector.
If the pointer enters the orange sector, the
engine is overheating.
Turn off and establish the cause from the
Fault Table (see 7.1).
© 2003
S1056
Engine Operation 3.4 Shutting Off
3.4.1 Mechanical Stopping 3.4.2 Electrical Stopping

3
© 31 825 0 © 25 746 2
● Move speed adjustment lever 1 to low idle. ● Turn key counterclockwise (to position 0)
and remove. The pilot lights will go out.
● Move shut-off lever 2 until the engine comes
to a stop. The charge pilot light and the oil
pressure pilot light illuminate when the en-
gine stops.
● Turn key counterclockwise (to position 0)

and remove. The pilot lights will go out.
© 2003
If possible, do not switch off the engine when

under full load. Subsequently allow the en-
gine to idle for approx. 2 mins.
S1056
3.5 Operating Conditions Engine Operation
3.5.1 Winter Operation

3
● Lube Oil Viscosity ● Battery
- Select the oil viscosity (SAE grade) according - Efficient cold starting necessitates that
to the ambient temperature before starting the battery is well-charged, see 6.7.1.
the engine, see 4.1.2. -The starting limit temperatures can be low-
- Increase oil change frequency when operat- ered by 4-5 °C by heating the bat-
ing below -10 °C, see 6.1.1. tery up to about 20 °C. (To do so, remove the
battery and store in a warm place).
● Diesel Fuel
- Use winter-grade diesel fuel for operation
below 0 °C, see 4.2.2.
● Coolant
- Mixture ratio of anti-freeze / water for mini-
mum temperature (max. -35 °C),
see 4.3.1.
● Additional Maintenance Work © 26 248 0

- Drain the sludge from the fuel tank once a
week (undo the sludge drain screw).
- If necessary, adjust oilbath filter oil level,
like the engine oil, to the ambient temperture.
- Below -20 °C, after removing the starter if
necessary, smear the ring gear on the fly-
wheel via the pinion bore from time to time
with cold-resistant grease. (e.g. Bosch
grease FT 1 V 31).
● Cold Start Assistance

- The heater flange is automatically initialised at
temperatures < -25 °C.
© 2003
S1056
Engine Operation 3.5 Operating Conditions
3.5.2 High Ambient Temperature

3 High Altitude
● Air density decreases as altitude or ambi-

ent temperature increase.
As a result of this, the engine’s maximum
output, the quality of the exhaust gas, the
C F
temperature level and, in extreme cases,
starting behaviour, are impeded.
In the event of non-stationary operation,
use up to altitudes of 1000 m and tempera-
tures of 30 °C is permissible.
If the engine is to operate under unfavour- 0 32
able conditions (at higher altitudes or tem-
peratures), it will be necessary to reduce
the injected fuel quantity and thus, engine
power.
● If you have any doubts about engine opera-

© 25 901 1
tion under these or similar conditions, ask
your engine or equipment supplier whether
the engine has been derated in the inter-
ests of reliability, service life and exhaust
gas quality (smoke!). Otherwise contact
your service representative.
© 2003
S1056
Operating Media
4
4.1 Lube Oil
4.2 Fuel
4.3 Coolant
© 2003
S1056
Operating Media 4.1 Lube Oil
4.1.1 Quality Grade 4.1.2 Viscosity

4
Lube oils are differentiated by Deutz according Generally, multi-grade oils shall be used. In
to their performance and quality class. Oils of closed heated rooms at temperatures >5°C,
other, comparable specifications can be used. also single-grade oils can be used.
As the viscosity of lube oil is dependent on

temperature, the choice of SAE grade should
be governed by the ambient temperature
Approved oils: prevailing at the engine operating site.
Optimum operating behaviour will be attained
if you take the accompanying oil viscosity
Deutz DQC I DQC II DQC III diagram as a guide.
Should the temperature fall temporarily below
ACEA E2-96 E3/96/E5-02 E4-99 the limits of the SAE grade selected, cold
API CF/CF-4 CH-4/CG-4 - starting may be affected but the engine will
not be damaged.
DHD - DHD-1 - In order to keep wear to a minimum, do not
exceed application limits for extended periods
of time.
The precise assignment of the admissible
oil qualities to the engines is indicated in Synthetic lube oils feature an improved
chapter 6.1.1. temperature and oxidation stability.
If in doubt, contact your service represen-
tative.
© 2003
Only with preheating

30 298 1
S1056
4.1 Lube Oil Operating Media
4.1.2.1 Specific lube oil

definitions
Lube oils for engines with uprated power and engines with high loading
Producer Type of lube oil SAE class Availability
4
DEUTZ TXL-10W40 FE 10W-40
AGIP Agip Sigma Ultra TFE 10W-40 worldwide
Turbocharged engines with uprated power and AGIP Autol Valve Ultra FE 10W-40 Germany
engines with high loading ARAL GmbH Aral MegaTurboral 10W-40 worldwide
The oils listed in enclosure 1 are to be used ARAL GmbH Aral SuperTurboral 5W-30 worldwide
for the following engines and applications:
BAYWA BayWa Super Truck 1040 MC 10W-40 South Gemany
COM/EPA II version and increased output
BAYWA BayWa Turbo 4000 10W-40 South Gemany
BF4M 2012/C > 95 kW
BF6M 2012/C > 143 kW (bore 101 + 98-MVS) Castrol GmbH Castrol SYNTRUCK 5W-40 Europe, North America, Brazil
BF6M 2012/C > 135 kW (bore 98 mech. FIE) Argentina, Australia, South Africa
all engines in CHP plants Castrol GmbH Castrol DYNAMAX 7,5W-40 Europe, North America, Brazil
all engines in gensets operating in parallel with Argentina, Australia, South Africa
the mains/with each other CHEVRON Chevron Delo 400 Synthtic 5W-40 North America
engines in combines with: ESSO Essolube XTS 501 10W-40 Europe
These are high-grade oils according to ACEA or FINA FINA KAPPA FIRST 5W-30 Europe
API. In addition most of these oils are partly FINA FINA KAPPA ULTRA 10W-40 Europe
synthetic, some even fully synthetic (5W-40) and FUCHS DEA DEA Cronos Synth 5W-40 Germany, Europe
thus achieve the thermal stability required for the FUCHS DEA DEA Cronos Premium LD 10W-40 Germany, Europe
relevant application and are distinguished by a FUCHS DEA Fuchs Titan Cargo MC 10W-40 worldwide
low tendency to cause deposits in the turbocharger FUCHS DEA Deutz Oel TLL 10W-40 MB 10W-40 Germany
and in the charge air pipes with closed-circuit FUCHS DEA DEA Cronos Premium FX 10W-40 Europe
crankcase breather FUCHS DEA Fuchs Titan Unic Plus MC 10W-40 worldwide
MOBIL OIL Mobil Delvac 1 SHC 5W-40 Europe, SE Asia, Africa
MOBIL OIL Mobil Delvac 1 5W-40 worldwide
MOBIL OIL Mobil Delvac XHP Extra 10W-40 Europe, SE Asia
BP OIL International BP Vanellus HT Extra 10W-40 Europe
Shell International Shell Myrina TX / 5W-30 Europe, different
Shell Rimula Ultra description in some countries
Shell International Shell Myrina TX / 10W-40 Europe, different
Shell Rimula Ultra description in some countries
TOTAL TOTAL RUBIA TIR 86000 10W-40 worldwide
Schmierölraffinerie Wintershall TFG 10W-40 Europe
Salzbergen GmbH
© 2003
The table will be extended as and when required.
S1056
Operating Media 4.2 Fuel
4.2.1 Quality 4.2.2 Winter Fuel

4
Use commercially available diesel fuel with Waxing may occur at low temperatures, +32 0
less than 0.5 % sulphur content. If the sulphur clogging the fuel system and reducing engine I
content is higher, oil change intervals should efficiency. Use winter-grade diesel fuel (up to +23 -5
be reduced (see 6.1.1). -20 °C) for operation below 0 °C. This is made
available within good time by filling stations +14 - 10
The following fuel specifications / standards prior to the start of the winter season.
are approved: + 5 - 15
Kerosene must be added at temperatures
DIN EN 590 below -20 °C. The relevant percentages - 4 - 20
are given in the adjacent diagram.
BS 2869: A1 and A2 Special diesel fuels may be used in arctic - 13 - 25
(with A2, take note of the sulphur content!) climatic zones up to -44 °C. II
- 22 - 30
ASTM D 975-88; 1-D and 2-D If summer-grade diesel fuel must be used at
temperatures below 0 °C, up to 60% kerosene 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 %
°F °C
NATO Code F-54 and F-75 can be added (see diagram). A
B
© 26 441 1
Exhaust emission values which may be In most cases, adequate resistance to cold
determined in the case of type approval tests can be obtained by adding a flow improver Legend:
always refer to the reference fuel prescribed (additive). Please ask your DEUTZ partner.
by the authorities for the type approval test. I Summer-grade diesel fuel
II Winter-grade diesel fuel
A Ambient temperature
B Percentage of kerosen added
Diesel fuels must never be Mix in tank only! Fill with the
mixed with gasoline appropriate amount of kerosene
! !
© 2003
(Normal and Super grades)! first, then add the diesel fuel.
S1056
4.3 Coolant Operating Media
4.3.1 Quality of Water for

Coolant
4.3.2 Coolant Treatment 4.3.3 Cooling System
Protectants
4
The values listed below must not be exceeded. In the case of liquid-cooled engines, special DEUTZ cooling system protectant must be pur-
In order to examine the quality of your water, a test attention must be paid to the treatment and chased in drums under Order No. 01011490 (5
case can be ordered from DEUTZ under Order control of the coolant, as the engine may litres) or 1221 1500 (210 litres). These are nitrite,
No. 12130382. otherwise become damaged as a result of amine and phosphate-free, and provide effective
corrosion, cavitation and freezing. protection against corrosion, cavitation and freez-
The treatment of the coolant is carried out by ing.
Water quality min. max. adding a cooling system protectant to the If the above mentioned cooling system protectant
cooling water. is unavailable, the following products may be
pH value at 20 °C 6.5 8.5 The cooling system must be continuously moni- used in exceptional cases.
3
tored, see 5.1. In addition to checking the Manufacturer Product designation
Chloride ion content [mg / dm ] - 100 coolant level, this also involves checking the
concentration of the cooling system protectant. AVIA AVIA Antifreeze Extra
Sulphate ion content [mg / dm3] - 100
The cooling system protectant concentration ARAL Antifreeze Extra
Total hardness [°dGH] 3 20 can be checked with commercially available BASF Glysantin G 48
testers (example: gefo glycomat ®).
DEA DEA Radiator Antifreeze
SHELL SHELLGlycoShell
The cooling system protectant in the coolant should
not fall below or exceed the following concentration:
Cooling system protectant Water
max. 45 Vol.% 55%
min. 35 Vol.% 65%
Filling volume, see chart over page in combina-
tion with specifications in Chapter 9.1.
The use of other cooling system protectants, e.g.
chemical anti-corrosion agents, is possible in
exceptional cases. Consult DEUTZ Service.
If nitrite-based cooling system
protectants are mixed with
! Cooling system protectants must
© 2003
amine-based agents, danger-
ous nitrosamines are formed. ! be disposed of in an environmen-
tally-friendly manner.
S1056
Operating Media 4.3 Coolant
4 Cooling system protection

content of coolant system *)
Cooling Frost [Litres]
system
protection
protection 18 20 22 25 27 30 32 35
in
in
[ °C] Cooling system protectant
35 –22 6,3 7,0 7,7 8,75 9,5 10,5 11,2 12,3
40 –28 7,2 8,0 8,8 10 10,8 12 12,8 14
45 –35 8,1 9,0 9,9 11,3 12,2 13,5 14,4 15,8
50 –45 9,0 10 11 12,5 13,5 15 16 17,5
*) For coolant content of your engine, see Operation Manual Chapter 9.1.
Note: Grey sector only after consulting head office
© 2003
S1056
Routine Maintenance
5
5.1 Maintenance Schedule
5.2 Maintenance Chart
5.3 Maintenance Work Completed
© 2003
S1056
Routine Maintenance 5.1 Maintenance Schedule
check= ● adjust= ❍ clean= ▲ replace= ■

5 ⇓ prior to or during 1st trial run, check 2x daily during the breaking in phase or Industrial engines
when commissioning new and overhauled engines The specified engine maintenance values are
Section
permissible recommended maximums.
⇓ every 10 hours of operation or daily
Depending on usage, reduced maintenance
Operating hours (OP) every intervals may be necessary, comply with the
unit manufacturer’s operating instructions.
Years # Maintenance must only be carried out by
250 500 1000 1 5 0 0 12000 1 2 Operation authorised service personnel
● ● Top lube oil up if necessary 6.1.2/3.3.4
■ Lube oil (oil change intervals depending on engine use), see TR 0199-99-3002 6.1.1/ 6.1.2
■ Oil filter cartridge (at each lube oil change) 6.1.3
■ Fuel filter cartridge 6.2.1
● ■ Flexible fuel leak oil lines (replace completely)
■ Injection valve #
● ▲ ■ Fuel pre-cleaner/ filter element (cleaning or replace if necessary) 4.2/ 5.2
● ● ■ Coolant (additive concentration) 4.3.1/ 2/ 3
■ Coolant pump #
● ● Coolant level –
● ● ■ Intake air cleaner (If available, maintain according to maintenance indicator) 6.4.3 /6.4.4
● ● ▲ Intercooler (drain lube oil/condensation)
● Battery and cable connectors 6.7.1
● ● Engine monitoring system, warning system 3.3 #
❍ Valve clearance 6.6.1#
● ● ■ V-belts (retension or replace if necessary) 6.5.1
* When the warning system responds (lamp/horn), the fuel pre-filter must be emptied immediately
© 2003
S1056
5.1 Maintenance Schedule Routine Maintenance
check= ● adjust= ❍ clean= ▲ replace= ■

prior to or during 1st trial run, check 2x daily during the breaking in phase or when
Industrial engines 5
The specified engine maintenance values
commissioning new and overhauled engines
are permissible recommended maximums.
every 10 hours of operation or daily Depending on usage, reduced maintenance
In hours of operation (HO) every intervals may be necessary, comply with the
Years unit manufacturer’s operating instructions.
# Maintenance must only be carried out by
250 500 1000 1500 12000 1 2 authorised service personnel
Operation Section
● ● Check engine for leaks (visual inspection) –
● ● Engine suspension (replace if damaged) 9.2
● ● Fastenings, hose connections / clamps –
■ Basic overhaul #
Page 2 of 2
check= ● adjust= ❍ clean= ▲ replace= ■ Additions and modifications

Max. permissible reference times in operating hours (HO) every for engines with EPA approval
prior to or during 1st trial run, check 2x daily during the breaking in The specified engine maintenance values arepermissible
phase or when commissioning new and overhauled engines recommended maximums. Depending on usage, reduced
maintenance intervals may be necessary, comply with the
every 10 hours of operation or daily unit manufacturer’s operating instructions.
In hours of operation (HO) every Years # Maintenance must only be carried out by authorised
service personnel Section
250 500 1000 3000 6000 12000 1 2 Operation
■ Injection valve #
© 2003
S1056
Routine Maintenance 5.2 Maintenance Chart
The maintenance chart shown on this page is

5 supplied as a self-adhesive label with each
engine. It should be affixed where it can be AIR
h
125- Std.
seen clearly on the engine or driven 2000 10 500
OIL
equipment.
Check that this is the case.

a
If necessary, ask your engine or equipment in.
1500
supplier for a fresh supply of labels. ex.
Routine work should be carried out according

to the schedule in 5.1.
OIL
500
FU
EL 1000
10 10
ER
WAT
OIL
max.
2012
0297 9901 1
Stop the engine before carry-

© 2003
ing out any maintenance work.

!
S1056
5.2 Maintenance Chart Routine Maintenance
The maintenance chart shown on this page is supplied as a self-adhesive label with each engine. It should be affixed where it can be seen
clearly on the engine or driven equipment.
Check that this is the case.
5
If necessary, ask your engine or equipment supplier for a fresh supply of labels.
Routine work should be carried out according to the schedule in 5.1.
max
.
min.
min.
0297 9902 0
2012
© 2003
9912EN_K05-1.P65 37 17.02.2003, 12:05 Uhr
S1056
Routine Maintenance 5.3 Maintenance Work Completed
5 Op. hours
*
Date Signature/stamp Op. hours Date Signature/stamp
50-150 -
125 250
375 500
625 750
875 1000
1125 1250
1375 1500
1625 1750
1875 2000
2115 2250
2375 2500
2625 2750
* following commissioning of new and overhauled engines.
Duly completed maintenance jobs can be recorded and signed off in the above chart.
© 2003
S1056
5.3 Maintenance Work Completed Routine Maintenance
Op. hours Date Signature/stamp Op. hours Date Signature/stamp

5
2875 3000
3125 3250
3375 3500
3625 3750
3875 4000
4125 4250
4375 4500
4625 4750
4875 5000
5125 5250
5375 5500
5625 5750
© 2003
S1056
5 Op. hours Date Signature/stamp Op. hours Date Signature/stamp

5875 6000
6125 6250
6375 6500
6625 6750
6875 7000
7125 7250
7375 7500
7625 7750
7825 8000
8125 8250
8375 8500
8625 8750
© 2003
S1056
5.3 Maintenance Work Completed Routine Maintenance
Op. hours Date Signature/stamp Op. hours Date Signature/stamp

5
8875 9000
9125 9250
9375 9500
9625 9750
9875 10000
10125 10250
10375 10500
10625 10750
10825 11000
11125 11250
11375 11500
11625 11750
© 2003
S1056
5 Op. hours Date Signature/stamp Op. hours Date Signature/stamp

© 2003
S1056
Service and Maintenance
6.1 Lubrication System

6.2 Fuel System
6.3 Cooling System
6.4 Combustion Air Filter
6.5 Belt Drives
6.6 Adjustments
6.7 Accessories
© 2003
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.1 Lubrication System
6 6.1.1 Oil Change Intervals
● The oil change intervals are dependent on ● If, for vehicle engines, lube oil change
the engine application and the quality of intervals are determined by operating hours,
the lube oil. the lube oil change intervals indicated in table
6.1.1.1. equipment engines.
● If the engine runs fewer hours during the
year than stated in the table, the oil should
be changed at least once a year.
● The table refers to the following condi-

tions:
– For diesel fuel: sulfur content max. 0.5
% by weight.
– Continuous ambient temperatures down
to -10 °C / +14°F
● For fuels
– with sulfur content is > 0.5 to 1 %
or
– continuous ambient temperature below
-10 °C/+14°F
or
– with bio-diesel fuels in accordance with
DIN 51606-FAME the intervals between
oil changes should be halved.
● In the case of fuels containing more than

1 % sulfur, contact your service repre-
sentative.
© 2002
Change the oil with the engine off but still

warm (lube oil temperature approx. 80 °C).
ENGLISCH • Kapitel 6 • Seite 52

9682en_K06.p65 52 30.07.2003, 10:13
S1056
6.1 Lubrication System Service and Maintenance
6.1.1.2 Lube oil change intervals for industrial and marine engines 6
Lube oil grade
Deutz lube oil quality class DQC I DQC II DQC III
ACEA-specfication E2-96 E3-96/E5-02 E4-99
API-specification CF/CF-4 CG-4/CH-4 -
Worldwide specification - DHD-1 -
special DEUTZ release list - - Enclosure 1
Standard lube oil code for building EO... EO...C -
equipment and nonraod vehicles EO...A, EO...B
Engine Engine version Lube oil change intervals in op. hours

series Oil use Oil use Oil use
normal high normal high normal high
2012 All engines except for: 250 500 500

BF4M2012C P > 95 kW - - 500
BF6M2012C P > 143 kW, from nonroad stage II - - 500
at cylinder bore 101 mm or 98 mm with MV system
BF6M2012C P > 135 kW, from nonroad stage II - - 500
at cylinder bore 98 mm with mech. injection system
Other engines from nonroad stage II - 500 500
eng. in harv. machines, block-typethermal power stat., gensets** - - 500
*Gensets as referred to here are units operating in parallel with the mains / with each other.
© 2003
Emergency power units are dealt with in TR 0199-99-1126.
S1056
6.1.1.2 Oil change intervals for vehicle engines

6 Schmieröl-Qualität
Deutz lube oil quality class DQC I DQC II DQC III
ACEA specification E2-96 E3-96/E5-02 E4-99
API specification CF/CF-4 CG-4/CH-4 -
worldwide specification - DHD-1 -
special DEUTZ release - - Enclosure 1
Application Engine version Lube oil change intervals in km
Site 25 2012 Euro I 10 000 15 000 20 000
vehicles/ Euro II and Euro III, except for: - 15 000 20 000
busses BF4M2012C > 95 kW from Euro II - - 20 000
BF6M2012C > 143 kW from Euro II at cylinder - - 20 000
Average speed in km/h approx. ]
bore 101 mm with or 98 mm with MV system

> 135 kW from Euro II at cylinder bore 98 mm - - 20 000
with mechanical injection system
Local 40 2012 Euro I 15 000 20 000 30 000
traffic Euro II and Euro III,except for: - 20 000 30 000
BF4M2012C > 95 kW from Euro II - - 30 000
BF6M2012C > 143 kW from Euro II at cylinder - - 30 000
> 135 kW from Euro II at cylinder - - 30 000
bore 98 mm with mechanical injection system
Long 60 2012 Euro I 20 000 30 000 40 000
distance Euro II and Euro III, except for: - 30 000 40 000
traffic BF6M2012C > 143 kW from Euro II at cylinder - - 40 000
> 135 kW from Euro II at cylinder - - 40 000
bore 98 mm with mechanical injection system
If, for vehicle engines, lube oil change intervals are determined by operating hours, the lube oil change intervals indicated in table 4.1. for “Oil
use under normal duty” will apply.
© 2003
S1056
6.1.2 Check Oil Level / Change

Engine Oil
6
6.1.2.1 Check Oil Level
6.1.2.1Check 6.1.2.2 Engine Oil Change
© 25 729 0 © 26 022 0 © 26 023 0
Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level Run engine until warm. Place oil tray under the engine.
position. Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level Unscrew oil drain screw.
Engine warm: position. Drain oil.
Shut engine off, wait for 5 minutes and check - Lube oil temperature approx. 80 °C. Screw oil drain screw in with new seal ring
oil level. Switch off the engine. and tighten. (Tightening torque
Engine cold: see 9.2).
Check oil level. Pour in lube oil.
Remove the oil dipstick. - For grade / viscosity, see 4.1
Wipe the dipstick with a non-fibrous, clean - For quantity, see 9.1.
cloth. Check oil level, see 6.1.2.1.
Insert it to the stop and remove again.
Check the oil level, and if necessary, top up to Caution when draining hot oil: Risk of
the “MAX” mark. scalding!
- If the oil level is only just above the “MIN” Do not let used oil run into the soil but
© 2003
mark, more oil must be added. collect it in a container!
Dispose of this in accordance with environmental
The level must not fall below the “MIN” mark. regulations!
S1056
6.1.3 Replace Oil Filter

6
© 25 880 0 © 25 881 0 © 25 882 0
● With attached locking piston: ● Clean any dirt from the filter carrier sealing ● Tighten the lube oil filter cartridge with
Undo tensioning screws and remove surface. another half-turn.
tensioning clamps downwards.
● Lightly oil the rubber gasket of the new lube ● If locking piston is available:
● Undo the lube oil filter cartridge using a oil filter cartridge. Position tensioning clamps and tighten with
commercial tool and spin off. tensioning screws.
● Manually screw in the new cartridge until
● Catch any escaping oil. the gasket is flush. ● Check oil level, see 6.1.2.
● Check oil pressure, see 3.3.1.
● Check lube oil filter cartridge seal for leaks.

Caution is required in the case of
© 2003
hot oil: Risk of scalding!

S1056
6.1.4 Clean / Replace

Oil Filter (Cup)
6
4
© 30 074 0
● Switch off the engine. ● Replace and lightly oil the rubber gasket 2.
● Loosen lube oil filter cover 1 and unscrew ● Carefully insert new paper filter cartridge 3
in an anticlockwise direction, emties itself into guide 4.
the system automatically (drain valve). ● Tighten lube oil filter cover 1 in a clockwise
● Carefully loosen paper filter cartridge 3 direction (25 Nm).
upwards from the guide 4. ● Start engine.
● Catch any escaping oil. ● Check oil level, see 6.1.2.
● Replace paper filter cartridge 3. ● Check oil pressure, see 3.3.1.
● Clean any dirt from the sealing surface of ● Check lube oil filter attachment for leaks.
the filter carrier and lube oil filter cover 1
and fromb the guide 4.
Caution is required in the case
© 2003
of hot oil:
Risk of scalding!
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.2 Fuel System
6.2.1 Replace Fuel Filter

6
© 25 880 0 © 25 881 0 © 25 882 0
Close the fuel shut-off valve. Apply light film of oil or diesel fuel to the
rubber gasket of the new fuel filter car- Open fuel shutoff valve.
Undo fuel filter cartridge with commercial tridge.
tool and spin off. Check for leaks.
Manually screw in the new cartridge until
Catch any escaping fuel. the gasket is flush.
Clean any dirt from the filter carrier sealing Tighten the fuel filter cartridge with a final
surface. half-turn.
The fuel system does not need

© 2003
to be bled.
Keep naked flames away when working on the
fuel system. Do not smoke!
S1056
6.2 Fuel System Service and Maintenance
6.1.4 Clean / Replace

Fuel Oil Filter (Cup)
6
4
© 30 074 0
● Switch off the engine. ● Replace and lightly oil the rubber gasket 2.
● Loosen fuel oil filter cover 1 and unscrew in ● Carefully insert new paper filter cartridge 3
an anticlockwise direction, emties itself the into guide 4.
system automatically (drain valve). ● Tighten fuel oil filter cover 1 in a clockwise
● Carefully loosen paper filter cartridge 3 direction (25 Nm).
upwards from the guide 4. ● Start engine.
● Catch any escaping oil. ● Check fuel oil filter attachment for leaks.
● Replace paper filter cartridge 3.
● Clean any dirt from the sealing surface of
the filter carrier and fuel oil filter cover 1 and
fromb the guide 4.
Keep naked flames away when
© 2003
working on the fuel system. Do
not smoke!
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.2 Fuel System
6.2.3 Clean / purge or change fuel

6 pre-filter
in performance also after purging)

● Turn off the engine or switch to other filter in
case of changeover filter
● Close the fuel stopcock or supply (if available)
● Loosen the cover screws 3 diagonally
● Remove the cover 2
● Remove the spring cassette 4
● Remove the filter element 5 from the bracket
● Insert new filter element 5
● Place spring cassette 4 on the element
● Check that the cover seal is fit properly in the
cover 2 and check for damage (change if
necessary)
● Tighten the cover 2 with the screws 3
diagonally (torque 6 Nm)
● Check the cover 2 for proper fit and leaks
© 31 811 2
● Bleed the fuel system, see 6.2.4.
Clean (purge) - remove water:

● Turn off engine or, in the case of a change-
over filter, switch over to the other filter.
● Close the fuel stopcock or supply. (if available)
● Open the bleed screw 1 on the cover 2
● Place the fuel collector underneath the fuel The connection of a warning system
pre-filter. (lamp/horn) via contacts 7 is specified.
● Empty water and dirt from the bowl 6 by Immediate maintenance is necessary when the
opening (press in and turn slightly without warning system is triggered.
using force) the drain cock 8 and close the
drain cock 8 again
● Close the bleed screw 1 on the cover 2 again Naked flames are prohibited when
● Bleed the fuel pipe according to instructions, working on the fuel system! Do
© 2003
see 6.2.5 opposite not smoke!

Changing the filter element 5: Dispose of old fuel in an environ-
Change at least once a year or as required (drop mentally friendly way!
S1056
6.2 Fuel System Service and Maintenance
6.2.4 Bleed Fuel System 6.2.5 Bleed Fuel System

with Fuel Pre-filter without Fuel Pre-filter
6
Place fuel collection container beneath the
fuel pre-filter.
Bleed:
In the event of re-commissioning, following
maintenance work or if the tank has been 9 9
run empty, the fuel system must be bled.
Bring engine regulator into stop position.
Position fuel collection container beneath
filter housing 8 / pressure maintenance
valve 9.
Open fuel shut-off valve, pressure
maintenance valve 9, bleeder screw 1.
Turn engine over with starter (max. 20 sec.)
until bubble-free fuel escapes from bleeder
screw 1 and pressure maintenance valve © 31 812 0 © 31 812 0
9.
Firmly tighten bleeder screw 1 and pressure
maintenance valve 9. ● Bring engine regulator into stop position.
Bring engine regulator into start position ● Open fuel shut-off valve.
and start. ● Loosen pressure maintenance valve 9.
Check for leaks after starting the engine. Collect any escaping fuel and dispose of
this in an environmentally-friendly manner.
● Turn engine over with starter (max. 20 sec.)
until bubble-free fuel escapes from pressure
maintenance valve 9.
● Tighten pressure maintenance valve 9.
Keep naked flames away when ● Bring engine regulator into start position
working on the fuel system. Do and start.
not smoke! ● Check for leaks after starting the engine.
Dispose of used fuel in an envi- Keep naked flames away when
© 2003
ronmentally-friendly manner! working on the fuel system. Do
not smoke!
Dispose of used fuel in an envi-
ronmentally-friendly manner!
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.3 Cooling System
6.3.1 Cleaning Intervals 6.3.2 Clean Cooling System

6
● The amount of contamination in the cooling Checking or cleaning intervals ● External cooling system: Clean according
system depends on the engine application. to cooling system manufacturer’s speci-
● Oil and fuel residues on the engine increase Guideline Engine application fications.
the risk of contamination. Therefore pay values OH
special attention to leaks if the engine is 2000 Ships, electrical modules in
used in dusty environments.
● Serious contamination occurs, for example: enclosed areas, pumps.
- on construction sites where there is a high 1000 Vehicles on paved roads
level of air-borne dust.
- in harvesting applications where there are 500 Tractors, fork-lift trucks,
high concentrations of chaff and chopped drivable electric units.
straw in the vicinity of the machine.
250 Vehicles on construction sites
● Because applications vary, cleaning
intervals have to be determined from case and unpaved roads, construc-
to case. The cleaning intervals given in the tion machines, compressors,
table below can be used as a guide.
underground mining units.
125 Agricultural machines, tractors
in harvesting applications.
© 2003
S1056
6.3 Cooling System Service and Maintenance
6.3.3 Drain Cooling System 6.3.4 Fill / Bleed Cooling System

2012
6
1 max
.
min.
min.
0297 9902 0
© 31 816 0 2012
● Position a collecting pan beneath screw ● Open radiator cap item 1. Bleed
plug 1. ● Loosen vent hose item 2. ● External cooling system: According to cooling
● Remove screw plug 1 at crankcase. ● Fill coolant item 1b in up to the “MAX” mark or system manufacturer’s specifications.
● Drain coolant. filling limit (if fitted, system heater valve must
● Tighten screw plug 1 again. be open).
● If screw plug 1 is not accessible, ● Connect vent hose, item 6, + tighten screw
drainage can be carried out at the engine plug item 4.
radiator (coolant channel). ● Close radiator cap item 7.
Fill / bleed cooling system see Chapter 6.3.4 ● Start engine and warm up until thermostat
opens.
● Switch off the engine.
Caution when draining hot coolant: ● Check coolant level when engine is cold, and
Risk of scalding! Collect coolant top up if necessary.
● Close radiator cap item 1.
© 2003
on draining.
Dispose of this in accordance with
environmental regulations!
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.4 Combustion Air Filter
6.4.1 Cleaning Intervals

6
The amount of dirt in the combustion air
filter depends on the amount of dust in the
air and the size of the air filter used. If a high
level of dust is anticipated, a cyclone-type
pre-cleaner can be fitted in front of the
combustion air filter.
● Cleaning intervals must therefore be

determined from case to case.
● If dry type air filters are used, cleaning

should only be carried out according to the
service indicator or service switch.
● Filter servicing is needed when:

- Service indicator © 25 885 1
the red signal 1 is fully visible when the engine
is off.
- Service switch
the yellow pilot light comes on when the en-
gine is running.
● After carrying out service work, press the

reset button on the service indicator. The
service indicator is now ready for operation
again.
© 2003
S1056
6.4 Combustion Air Filter Service and Maintenance
6.4.2 Emtying Cyclone Type 6.4.3 Clean Oil Bath Air Filter
Precleaner
6
© 25 886 0 © 25 885 1
● Undo wing nut 1 and remove cover 2. ● Turn engine off and wait about 10 minutes ● Clean filter housing 1 if very dirty.
● Remove collector bowl 3 from lower section for the oil to drain from filter housing 1. ● Inspect and replace rubber gasket 5 and 6
4 and empty. Clean leaves, straw and other ● Loosen snap clips 2 and remove oil cup 3 if necessary.
foreign matter from lower section of with filter element 4; if necessary, loosen ● Fill oil cup with engine oil up to the mark
precleaner. filter element with the aid of a screwdriver (arrow) (for viscosity, see 4.1.2).
● Reposition collector bowl 3 onto lower at the separating point. Do not damage ● Refit oil cup and element to filter housing
section 4, fasten cover 2 in place by tight- rubber gasket 5! and secure with snap clips.
ening wing nut 1. ● Remove dirty oil and sludge. Clean oil cup.
● Clean filter element 4 in diesel fuel and
allow to drip-dry thoroughly.
Never clean filter with gasoline.
© 2003
Dispose of old oil in accordance
Never fill collector bowl with oil. Replace with environmental regulations!
collector bowl if damaged.
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.4 Combustion Air Filter
6.4.4 Dry Type Air Filter

6 Dust Discharge Valve Filter Cartridge
© 25 888 1 © 25 889 0
● Empty dust discharge valve 1 by pressing ● Undo clip fasteners 1. ● After five filter services or after two years at
apart lips of discharge slot as indicated by ● Take off hood 2 and remove cartridge 3. the latest, replace safety cartridge 4 (never
arrows. ● Clean cartridge (replace at least once a clean!).
year) To do so:
● Clean discharge slot from time to time. ● Clean cartridge 3. - Undo hex nut 5 and remove cartridge 4.
- Using dry compressed air (max. 5 bar), - Insert new cartridge, re-install hex nut and
● Remove any caked dirt by pressing together blow out from inside outwards, tighten.
the upper section of the valve. or ● Install cartridge 3, replace hood 2 and do
- Tap out (in emergencies only). Do not up clip fasteners 1.
damage the cartridge, or
- Wash out according to manufacturer’s
specifications.
● Check paper filter (light showing through) Never clean filter cartridge with
© 2003
and gaskets for damage. Replace if gasoline or hot fluids!

necessary.
S1056
6.5 Belt Drives Service and Maintenance
6.5.1 Check V-belts

2012 Standard 2012 with Ribbed V-belt
6
© 31 817 0 © 31 818 0 © 26 261 1
● Visually inspect entire V-belt for damage. - Carefully raise the gauge without chang-
● Replace damaged V-belts. ing the position of indicator arm 1.
● After installing new belts, run engine for 15 - Read off the value where the indicator arm
minutes, then check belt tension. 1 intersects scale 5 (arrow) and read
● To check the tension of the V-belt, use a indicator arm 1 off. For settings, see 9.1.
tension gauge (see 9.3). - If necessary, retension belt and measure
- Place indicator arm 1 into gauge. again.
- Position guide 3 on V-belt 2, midway
between the pulleys, with flange 3 on
bottom of gauge against the edge of belt.
- Push slowly on the black pad 4 at right
angles to V-belt 2 until the spring is heard
or felt to trigger. Check, tension and change V-
belts only with the engine off. If
© 2003
necessary, reinstall V-belt
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.5 Belt Drives
6.5.2 Tension V-belts 6.5.3 Replace V-belts 6.5.4 Replace V-belts

6 Coolant / Fuel Pump Coolant / Fuel Pump Ribbed V-belts
1 1 2
3 2 3 2
1
© 31 819 0 © 31 821 0 © 31 814 0
● Loosen screws 1 and 2. ● Loosen screws 1 and 2. ● Press tension roller in direction of arrow
● Press fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow until ● Press fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow. until the ribbed V-belt is free.
the correct V-belt tension has been ● Remove V-belt and position new belt. ● First remove ribbed V-belt from the small-
achieved. ● Press fuel pump counter to direction of est roller.
● Tighten screws 1 and 2 again. arrow until the correct V-belt tension has ● Position new ribbed V-belt.
been achieved. ● Press tension roller counter to direction of
● Tighten screws 1 and 2 again. arrow until the ribbed V-belt is tensioned.
Check, tension and change V- Check whether ribbed V-belt is

© 2003
belts only with the engine off. If positioned correctly in its guide.
necessary, reinstall V-belt guard.
S1056
6.5 Belt Drives Service and Maintenance
6.5.5 Tension V-belts 6.5.6 Replace V-belts

Alternator Alternator
6
5 5
4 3 1 4 3 1
2 2
© 31 820 0 © 31 822 0
Loosen screws 1, 2 and 4. Loosen fuel pump V-belt, see 6.5.3

l Adjust alternator 5 in direction of arrow by Loosen screws 1, 2 and 4.
turning screw 3 until correct V-belt tension Adjust screw 3 until V-belt can be removed.
is achieved. Position new belt.
Retighten screws 1, 2 and 4. Adjust screw 3 until the correct V-belt
tension has been achieved.
Retighten screws 1, 2 and 4.
Tension fuel pump V-belt, see 6.5.4.
Check, tension and change V-
© 2003
belts only with the engine off. If
necessary, reinstall V-belt guard.
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.5 Belt Drives
6.5.7 Wedge rib V-belts wear limit

6 examine.
© 31 879 0
● Wear limit of the wedge ribV- belt as follows ● If „ a “ is smaller than 3 mm, then the wedge
examine: rib V- belt is to be exchanged
● Distance between the nose of the flexibiliti
clamping arm and the notice of the firm
tension adjuster housing examine.
© 2003
S1056
6.6 Adjustments Service and Maintenance
© 2003
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.6 Adjustments
6.6.1 Check Valve Clearance,

6 Adjust if Necessary
© 19 691 2 © 26 262 1
Loosen ventilation valve and swing to the Adjust valve clearance if necessary:
side. - Release locknut 4.
Remove the cylinder head cover. - Use screwdriver 7 to turn setscrew 5 so
Position crankshaft as per schematic, see that the correct valve clearance 1 is
6.6.1.1. attained after locknut 4 has been tigh-
Before adjusting valve clearance, allow tened.
engine to cool down for at least 30 minutes. Check and adjust valve clearance on all
The oil temperature should be below 80 °C. cylinders.
Check valve clearance 1 between rocker Reinstall cylinder head cover (with new
arm / tappet contact face 2 and valve 3 with gasket if necessary).
feeler gauge 6 (there should be only slight Swing ventilation valve into position and
resistance when feeler blade is inserted). fasten.
For permissible valve clearance, see 9.1.
© 2003
S1056
6.6 Adjustments Service and Maintenance
6.6.1.1 Valve Clearance Adjustment

Schematic
6
Crankshaft Position 1:
Turn crankshaft until both valves in cylinder
1 overlap (exhaust valve about to close,
inlet valve about to open). Adjust valve
clearance according to schematic (marked
in black)
black). Mark respective rocker arm with
chalk to show that adjustment has been
carried out.
Crankshaft Position 2:
Turn crankshaft one full revolution (360°).
Adjust valve clearance according to
schematic (marked in black).
© 2003
© 26 263 2
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.7 Accessories
6.7.1 Battery
6 6.7.1.1 Check Battery and 6.7.1.2 Check Electrolyte Level 6.7.1.3 Check Electrolyte Density
6.7.1.3Check
Cable Connections
© 25 895 0 24232 3 © 25 896 0
Keep battery clean and dry. Remove sealing caps 1. Measure the electrolyte density of individual
cells with a commercial hydrometer.
Undo dirty clamps. If testers 2 are present: The hydrometer reading (see table on
Electrolyte level should reach the base of following page) indicates the battery’s state
Clean terminal posts (+ and -) and clamps these. of charge. During measurement, the
of the battery, and grease with acid-free temperature of the electrolyte should pref-
and acid-resistant grease. Without testers: erably be 20 °C.
The electrolyte level should be 10-15 mm
When reassembling, ensure that clamps above the top of the plates.
make good contact. Tighten clamp bolts
hand-tight. If necessary, top up with distilled water.
Screw sealing caps back in.

© 2003
S1056
6.7 Accessories Service and Maintenance
6
Electrolyte density
in [kg/ l] in [°Bé (Baumé scale)*] Charge status
Normal Tropical Normal Tropical
1.28 1.23 32 27 well charged
1.20 1.12 24 16 semi-charged, re-charge
1.12 1.08 16 11 discharged, immediately charge
* Measurement of electrolyte density in ° Bé

(Baumé scale) is out of date and rarely
used today.
The gases emitted by the battery

are explosive! Keep sparks and
naked flames away from the
battery!
Do not allow battery acid to come
© 2003
into contact with skin or clothing!
Wear protective goggles!
Do not rest tools on the battery!
S1056
Service and Maintenance 6.7 Accessories
6.7.2 Rotary Current Alternator

6 6.7.3 Transportation Shackles
Notes on the three-phase system:

Never disconnect the cables between
battery, alternator and regulator while the
engine is running.
If, however, it is necessary to start and

operate the engine without the battery,
disconnect the regulator from the alternator
before starting.
Be sure not to confuse the battery terminals.
Replace defective charge pilot lamp bulb

immediately.
When cleaning the engine: Do not spray

the alternator with a direct jet of water/ © 31 826 0 © 31 827 0
steam!
Allow the engine to run warm so that the ● Only use proper lifting gear when
remaining water evaporates. transporting the engine.
The habit of touching a lead against the
frame to check whether it is live must under
no circumstances be used with three-phase
electrical systems.
In case of electric welding, connect the

ground terminal on the welder directly to
the piece being welded.
Use only the correct lifting gear !

© 2003
S1056
Faults, Causes and Remedies
7.1 Fault Table
© 2003
S1056
Faults, Causes and Remedies
7
● Faults can frequently be attributed to the fact
that the engine has been incorrectly operated
or not serviced.
● Each time a fault occurs, check whether all

operating and servicing regulations have been
complied with.
● A corresponding fault table can be found

on the opposite page.
● If the cause of a fault cannot be

determined, or you are unable to remedy a fault
yourself, then please contact your
DEUTZ Service representative.
Before starting, make sure that nobody is stand-

ing in the immediate vicinity of the engine or driven
machine.
In the event of repair work:
Caution: If the speed regulator
has been removed, the engine
© 2003
! must not be started under any

circumstances.
Disconnect the battery!
S1056
7.1 Fault Table Faults, Causes and Remedies
Faults
Engine does not start or is difficult to start (Starting speed is not achieved on starting)
Measures
Check P
7
Engine starts, but runs irregularly or fails Adjust E
Engine becomes excessively hot. Temperature warning system responds Replace W
Engine output is deficient Clean R
Engine does not run on all cylinders Top up A
Engine oil pressure is non-existant or excessively low Bleed L
Engine oil consumption excessive
Engine smokes - blue
- white
- black
Cause Section
● Not declutched (where possible) Engine Operation P
● ● Below starting limit temperature P
● ● Engine shut-off lever still in stop position (shutoff magnet defective) P
● ● Oil level too low A
● ● ● ● Oil level too high S
● ● ● Excessive inclination of engine P/E
● Adjust throttle to half actuation travel P/E
● ● ● Air cleaner clogged / turbocharger defective Combustion air P / W
● ● ● Air cleaner service switch / indicator defective P
● ● CPD* defective (connection line leaks) P
● ● ● Charge air line leaking P/W
● Coolant pump defective Cooling system P / R
● ● Intercooler soiled P/R
● Coolant heat exchanger soiled P/R
Cooling fan defective, torn or loose V-belt P/W
● ● ● ● ●
(fuel pump in belt drive)
© 2003
● ● Cooling air temperature rise / heating short circuits P
● Battery defective or discharged Electrics P
*CPD = Charge pressure-dependent full-load stop Table 1 of 2
S1056
Faults, Causes and Remedies 7.1 Fault Table
7 Faults
Engine does not start or is difficult to start (Starting speed is not achieved on starting)
Measures
Check P
Engine starts, but runs irregularly or fails Adjust E
Engine becomes excessively hot. Temperature warning system responds Replace W
Engine output is deficient Clean R
Engine does not run on all cylinders Top up A
Engine oil pressure is non-existant or excessively low Reduce S
Engine oil consumption excessive
Engine smokes - blue
- white
- black
Cause Section
● Cable connections, starter, electrical circuit loose or oxidised Electrics P
● Starter defective or pinion does not engage P
● ● ● ● ● Incorrect valve clearance Engine E
● ● ● ● Injection line leaks P
● Ventilation line blocked (coolant heat exchanger) P/R
● ● Sheathed glow plugs defective P
● ● ● ● ● ● ● Injection valve defective P/W
● ● ● ● Air in the fuel system P/W
● ● ● ● Fuel filter / fuel pre-cleaner soiled P/R/W
● Oil filter defective W
● ● ● Incorrect engine lube oil SAE class or quality Operating media W
● ● ● ● Fuel quality not as per operation manual P/W
● Coolant deficiency P/A
Table 2 of 2
© 2003
S1056
Engine Preservation
8.1 Preservation
© 2003
S1056
Engine Preservation 8.1 Preservation
8.1 Preservation
8
If the engine is to remain idle for an extended Preserve engine: Remove engine preservation:
period of time, it is necessary to take protec- Clean engine (poss. with cold cleaner). Remove anti-corrosion agent from
tive measures to prevent the formation of Radiator cleaning, see 6.3.2. grooves in V-belt pulleys 2.
corrosion. The preservative measures de- Run engine until warm, then turn off.
scribed here will protect the engine for up to Drain engine oil, see 6.1.2, and fill with anti- Install V-belts. Retension after brief
approx. 6 months. The procedure will have to corrosion oil. operation if necessary, see 6.5.
be reversed before the engine is Drain coolant, see 6.3.3.
recommissioned. Top up anti-corrosion agent, see specifica- Remove covers from intake port 3 and
tions. exhaust port 4.
Anti-corrosion oils to specification: Clean oil bath air filter if necessary, see
- MIL-L 21260B 6.4.3, and top up anti-corrosion oil. Disconnect coolant inlet and outlet neck
- TL 9150-037/2 Drain fuel tank. covers, remove protection and connect to
- Nato Code C 640 / 642 Make up a mixture of 90 % diesel fuel and cooling system.
10 % anti-corrosion oil, and refill fuel tank.
Recommended cleaning agent to remove Allow the engine to run for approx. 10 mins. Top up coolant, see 6.3.4.
pre servatives: Switch off the engine. System must be bled.
- Petroleum benzine (hazardous materials class Manually turn the engine over several times.
A3) When turning over with starter, set shutoff Commission engine
lever to stop position.
Remove V-belts and store in wrapped con-

dition.
Spray grooves on V-belt pulleys 2 with anti-

corrosion spray.
Drain anti-corrosion agent, see 6.3.3.
Lightly preserve coolant filler neck and seal

with cap.
Seal intake ports and exhaust ports.

© 2003
S1056
Technical Specification
9
9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings
9.2 Torque Wrench Settings
9.3 Tools
© 2003
S1056
Technical Specification 9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings
Model ----------- BF4M 2012 ------------------------ BF4M 2012 C ---------------------- BF6M 2012 C -------
9 Number of cylinders ------------------ 4 --------------------------------------- 4 ---------------------------------------- 6 ---------------
Cylinder arrangement ----------------------------------------------------- vertical in line -------------------------------------------------
Bore [mm] ---------------------------------------------------------- ø 101 -------------------------------------------------------
Stroke [mm] ----------------------------------------------------------- 126 --------------------------------------------------------
Total displacement [cm3] ---------------- 4.04 ----------------------------------- 4.04 ----------------------------------- 6.06 -------------
Compression ratio [ε]. ------------------------------------------------------------ 19 ---------------------------------------------------------
Working cycle -------------------------------------------------- Four-stroke diesel ----------------------------------------------
Combustion system ---------------------------------- with turbocharging and direct fuel injection ------------------------------
Charge air cooling --------------- without --------------------------------- with ------------------------------------ with -------------
Direction of rotation -------------------------------------------------- counter-clockwise -----------------------------------------------
Weight 2012/ C including cooling system
to DIN 70020-A [approx.kg] ------------------------------------------------- Refer to head-office ---------------------------------------------
Engine output [kW] ------------------ 75 ------------------------------------ 103 ------------------------------------ 155 -------------

Max. speed [1/rpm] ---------------------------------------------------------- 2500 -------------------------------------------------------
Valve clearance with cold engine (PTs) [mm] ----------------------------------------- Inlet 0.3 + 0.1 / exhaust 0.5 + 0.1. --------------------------------------
Valve clearance with cold engine standard [mm] ------------------------------------ Adjustment with special tool, see 6.6.1 ---------------------------------
Injector opening pressure [bar] ----------------------------------------------------------- 250 --------------------------------------------------------
Start of feed [°CS BTOC] ------------------------------------------------------------- 1). ---------------------------------------------------------
Firing order of the engine -------------- 1-3-4-2 ------------------------------- 1-3-4-2 ----------------------------- 1-5-3-6-2-4 --------
V-belt tension: -------------------------------------------- Pre-tension / re-tension 2) ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Alternator / fan [N] ----------------------------------------------------- 450 / 300 ± 50. --------------------------------------------------
Fuel pump - coolant pump [N] ----------------------------------------------------- 450 / 300 ± 50. --------------------------------------------------
Compressor [N] ----------------------------------------------------- 550 / 450 ± 50. --------------------------------------------------
Ribbed V-belt tension spring-loaded tension roller [N] ----------------------------------------------------- 900 / 600 ± 50. --------------------------------------------------
1)
Engine output, speed, start of delivery are stamped on engine rating plate, etc., see also 2.1.
© 2003
2)
Re-tension 15 minutes after the engine has been operated under load.
S1056
9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings Technical Specification
Model ----------- BF4M 2012 ------------------------ BF4M 2012 C ---------------------- BF6M 2012 C -------
ling ----------------------------------- Liquid-cooled / cooling system protection ------------------------------- 9
Coolant volume
2012/ C [ca.ltr.] ----------------- 5,6 ------------------------------------- 5,6 ------------------------------------ 7,3 --------------
Perm. constant coolant temperature
Engine exhaust, output group I [°C] ------------------------------------------------------ max.110 6) . ---------------------------------------------------
Engine exhaust, output group II-IV [°C] ------------------------------------------------------ max. 105 6) . --------------------------------------------------
Thermostat opening commencement at [°C] ------------------------------------------------------------ 7) . ---------------------------------------------------------
Thermostat fully open from [°C] ---------------------------------------------------------- 83 8) . -------------------------------------------------------
Coolant pre-heating ------------------------------------------------------------ (4 . ---------------------------------------------------------
Coolant pump
9)
Feed pressure in [bar] ------------------------------------------------------------ . ---------------------------------------------------------
Feed quantity in [m3 /h] ------------------------------------------------------------ 9)
. ---------------------------------------------------------
9)
Power consumption in [kW] ------------------------------------------------------------ . ---------------------------------------------------------
Lubrication ------------------------------------------------- Pressure lubrication ---------------------------------------------

Oil temperature in oil pan [°C] ----------------------------------------------------------- 125 --------------------------------------------------------
Min. oil pressure when warm
(120 °C and SAE oil 15 W 40 ) and low idle [bar] ------------------------------------------------------------ 0,8 --------------------------------------------------------
Oil plate filling quantity without filter [approx.ltr.] --------------- 8.5 3) . -------------------------------- 8.5 3) . ------------------------------- 12.5 3) . -----------
Oil plate filling quantity with filter [approx.ltr.] ---------------- 10 3) . ---------------------------------- 10 3). --------------------------------- 14.0 3). -----------
3)
Approx. values may vary depending on version. The upper oil dipstick mark is always authoritative.
4)
Only necessary in winter operation, see 3.5.1.
5)
Engine content without radiator only. Content of external cooling system depending on cooling system version.
6)
Other output groups have different values, consultation with head office is required.
7)
In the case of external cooling systems with outlet regulation, the thermostat begins to open at 87 °C
8)
In the case of external cooling systems with outlet regulation, the thermostat is fully open at 102 °C
9)
Consultation with head office is required (differ depending on engine version)
© 2003
S1056
Technical Specification 9.2 Screw Tightening Torques
9
Pre-tension [Nm] Re-tension [Nm] Total
Installation location Comments
1. Stage 2. Stage 3. Stage 1. Stage 2. Stage 3. Stage 4. Stage [Nm]
Cylinder head screw 8.5
Rocker arm adjustment screw 21
Foot on flywheel side 187 M16x40 8.

8.8 A 4 C
Foot on fan side 30 45 187 M16x40 8.

8.8 A 4 C
Intake manifold 8.5
Exhaust manifold 21
Oil drain screw 50
Injection valve attachment 16 Torx
Injection line attachment 30 M14x1.5
Oil pan (cast) 29
Oil pan (sheet metal) 21

© 2003
S1056
9.3 Tools Technical Specification
TORX V-belt tension gauge

9
25899 0 26002 0
A TORX wrench set is used with engines in The V-belt tension gauge can be obtained
the 2012 series. under order number 8115 + 8120 from:
This system was chosen because of the many
advantages it offers: WILBÄR
● Outstanding accessibility to bolts. Postfach 14 05 80
● High load transfer when loosening and D-42826 Remscheid
tightening.
● Almost impossible for socket to slide off
or break, thereby practically ruling out the
risk of injury.
TORX tools can be ordered from:
© 2003
WILBÄR
Postfach 14 05 80
D-42826 Remscheid
S1056
9
© 2003
S1056
Notes
en Warnings to Place on Equipment Warning in the Manual
CALIFORNIA CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the State of constituents are known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm. defects, and other reproductive harm.
or
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known
to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and
other reproductive harm.
S1056
Notes
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 INFORMATION en

TO CALIFORNIA CUSTOMERS AND
TO CUSTOMERS SELLING DIESEL ENGINE EQUIPMENT INTO OR
FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA.
Proposition 65, a California law, requires warnings on products which expose individuals in California to chemicals listed under that law,
including certain chemicals in diesel engine exhaust.
Obligations of Manufactures of Diesel-Powered Off-Road Equipment. The California Superior Court has approved either of the following
two methods of compliance with Proposition 65 requirements by manufactures of off-road equipment containing diesel engines. (The court
order containing these provisions is attached.)
1. On-Equipment Warning. Place the warning pictured in attachment 1 on all equipment shipped by you into or for sale in California after
January 1, 1996. The warning must be in a location where it is easily visible to the operator of the equipment when (s)he is operating the
equipment. The warning must be secured to the equipment. If warnings or operating instructions are provided through a digital display,
you may usee that method of providing warning.
2. Operator Manual Warning. When the operator manual is next revised or by December 31, 1995 whichever is earlier, place the warning
in attachment 2 in the operator manual. The warning may be either printed in the manual or on a sticker.
The warning must appear in one of the following locations:

● Inside The front cover
● Inside the back cover
● Outside the front cover
● Outside the back cover
● As the first page of text
Under either alternative, the warning must appear in the same size, print and format as the attachment selected or be of an equally conspicuous
size and format. If the warning is provided in an on-screen display, the warning must contain the language in the attachment and must be
provided at the time of or in connection with ignition in the same manner as other safety warnings electronically communicated on screen.
Obligation of Resellers of Diesel Engines. This letter must accompany any loose diesel engine sold in California.
Should you have any questions, please call Deutz Corporation Product Support Department.
Service
S1056
Knowing it’s DEUTZ Order-No.: 0312 0806 10

en DEUTZ has always stood for excellence in motor
construction, pioneering many developments in
the industry. As an independent motor manu-
facturer, we offer — worldwide — a com-
prehensive range of diesel and gas motors
spanning from 4kW to 7,400kW. Our products are
perfectly tailored to meet our customers’ individual
requirements.
Over 1.4 million DEUTZ motors do their job

reliably all over the world. We are determined to
preserve the high standard of performance and
dependability of our motors, thus keeping our
customers satisfied at all times. Therefore we are
represented worldwide through a network of highly
competent service partners who will meet the
needs of our customers, wherever they are.
This is why DEUTZ is not only the name for motors

which pack a lot of inventive genius. DEUTZ also
means reliable service and comprehensive support
to enhance your motor’s performance.
This index Sales & Service offers you an overview Order-No.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
of the DEUTZ partners in your vicinity, including the
products for which they are responsible and the DEUTZ AG
range of services provided. But even when no direct Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
product responsibility is mentioned, your DEUTZ D-51057 Köln
partner will be happy to help you with expert advice.
Phone: 0049-221-822-0
The Index is constantly updated. Please ask your Obtainable from the local service Partner reponsible Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
DEUTZ service partner for the latest edition. for you or from: Telex: 8812-0 khd d
http://www.deutz.de
DEUTZ AG — at your service.

S1056
DEUTZ AG
Service-Technik
Instandhaltungstechnik Motoren
Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
D-51063 Köln
Tel.: ++49 (0) 2 21- 8 22 - 0
Fax: ++49 (0) 2 21- 8 22 - 53 58
Internet: www.deutz.de
E-mail: info@deutz.de
Printed in Germany
All rights reserved
3. Edition, © 03/03
We move your world Order No.: 0297 9912 en
Beschnitt Beschnitt
S1057
Ersatzteilliste
Spare Parts Catalogue
Catalogue de Pièces de
Rechange
Lista de Piezas de Repuesto
2012
U1_Titel_2012_0297 9957
Beschnitt CYAN = HKS 49K MAGENTA = HKS 14K SCHWARZ Beschnitt

S1057
Motorbeskrivelse
de
en 1. Firmenskilt 2. Firmaskiltets placering 3. Motornummer
fr
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Typen A, motornummeret B og ydelsesdataene er Firmaskiltet C er fastgjort på krumtaphuset. Motornummeret er stemplet ind på krumtaphuset
no stemplet ind på firmaskiltet.
Ved bestilling af reservedele skal man angive type
og på firmaskiltet.
og motornummer.
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 da
S1057
Bestillingsangivelser
de
Bestillingsangivelser en
Ved bestillingen af originale DEUTZ-dele er det
nødvendigt med følgende angivelser:
Bestillingsangivelser fr
- motor-nr. Motor-nr.: es
- ident.-nr lb. nr. antal ident.-nr. anmærkning komponent pt
- antal
it
Dokumentationens opbygning nl
- Billederne i denne reservedelsliste er sorteret
efter motor-komponenter. sv
- Delmontagerne findes i motoroversigten.
da
- Ident-nr. 06/59 er opbygget af komponent
(f.eks. 06) og position (f.eks. 59).
position
fn
Symbolforklaring
no
-06- delmontagenummer (f.eks. 06) el
000 ændringsciffer (f.eks. 000)
tr
96 sidenummer (f.eks. 96)
krydshenvisning til næste side

ru
94 (f.eks. 94)
ar
A tilslutningssymbol
- optræder altid mindst parvis
(f.eks. A-A, B-B, C-C osv.)
pl
5 da © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Man ved, det er DEUTZ. Bestillings-nr.: 0312 0806
fr Fra tidernes morgen har DEUTZ været

ensbetydende med banebrydende udviklinger
inden for fremstillingen af motorer. Som uafhængig
es motorfabrikant tilbyder vi over hele verden et
komplet spektrum af diesel- og gasmotorer med en
pt effekt på 4 til 7.400 kW. Vore produkter er perfekt
skræddersyet efter vore kunders behov.
it Over hele verden udretter mere end 1,4 millioner

DEUTZ-motorer deres arbejde til alles tilfredshed.
Vi ønsker at bevare vore motorers
nl anvendelsesberedskab og dermed også vore
kunders tilfredshed. Derfor er vi over hele verden
sv repræsenteret af et helt net af kompetente partnere,
hvis tæthed svarer til vore motorers regionale
fordeling.
da Således er DEUTZ ikke kun navnet på motorer til
stadig nye opgaver, men også på en komplet
fn servicepakke med hensyn til alt, hvad der har med
motorer at gøre, og med en service, De kan stole på. Bestillings-nr.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no Registret Sales & Service giver Dem et overblik
over DEUTZ-partnerne i Deres egn, over disses
el produkt-kompetancer og service-ydelser. Men
selvom der ikke direkte er angivet nogen produkt- Kan købes over Deres ansvarlige service-partner på DEUTZ AG
kompetance, hjælper DEUTZ-partneren Dem videre stedet eller over: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr med en kompetent rådgivning. D-51057 Köln
ru Registret bliver hele tiden aktualiseret; bed Deres

DEUTZ-partner om den nyeste udgave.
Telefon: 0049-221-822-0
Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
Telex: 8812-0 khd d
ar Deres DEUTZ AG
http://www.deutz.de
pl
© 2000 6 da
S1057
Varaosaluettelo
2012
Liikkeen leima
0312 0836
Mottorinumero:
Merkitse tähän moottorinumero. Sen ilmoittaminen

helpottaa asioiden käsittelyä huolto-, korjaus- ja
varaosakysymyksien yhteydessä.
Tämän varaosaluettelon kuvauksien ja tietojen suh-

teen pidätämme oikeuden muutoksiin, jotka ovat
tarpeellisia moottorin teknisen kehityksen kannalta.
Kaikenlaiseen jälkipainosten ja kopioiden tekoon,
myös osittain, tarvitaan kirjallinen lupamme.
1 fn © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Esipuhe
de
en Hyvä asiakas Tässä varaosaluettelossa lueteltuja komponentteja
tulee käyttää vain ilmoitetun tyyppisten Deutz-
fr Ilmajäähdytteiset DEUTZ-moottorit on kehitetty
laajaa käyttäjäkuntaa silmälläpitäen. Niinpä tarjolla
moottoreiden korjaustöissä (käyttötarkoituksen
mukainen käyttö).
on laaja valikoima moottorivaihtoehtoja, jotka Käyttöohjeesta (kohdasta Huoltotyöt) ja
es täyttävät asiakkaiden vaihtelevat moottoritarpeet. korjaamokäsikirjasta (kohdasta Korjaustyöt) käy
yksityiskohtaisesti ilmi, kuinka varasoat
pt Moottorinne on toimitettu tietyin varustein, eivätkä
kaikki tässä varaosaluettelossa esiintyvät osat vält-
asennetaan asianmukaisesti. Valmistaja ei vastaa
vahingoista tai henkilöiden loukkaantumisista,
tämättä kuulu moottorinne varusteisiin. jotka johtuvat siitä, että vastaavaa ohjetta ei ole
it Vaikka kaaviokuvat eivät sisällä kaikkia yksityiskoh-
noudatettu.
tia, eri vaihtoehdot on kuitenkin helppo erottaa toi-

nl sistaan moottorillenne tärkeiden varaosien tunni-
stamiseksi. Positio, rakenneryhmä- ja moottorinu-
sv meron avulla pystytään joka tapauksessa toimitta-
maan oikea varaosa.
da Varaosia tilattessa on noudatettava annettuja tilau-

sohjeita, jotta pystymme nopeasti ja varmasti toimit-
tamaan tarvittavat, kyseisen mallin viimeisintä tek-
fn nistä kehitystä vastaavat varaosat.
no Annamme mielellään lisätietoja ja vastaamme

kysymyksiinne
el DEUTZ AG
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 fn
S1057
Esipuhe
de
DEUTZ dieselmoottorit DEUTZ varaosat DEUTZ vaihto-osat en
fr
ovat monien vuosien tutkimuksen ja kehittelyn tu- täyttävät samat, tiukat laatuvaatimukset kuin DEUTZ-vaihto-osat ovat edullinen
los. Näin saavutettu know-how yhdistyneenä kor-
keisiin laatuvaatimuksiin on tae pitkäikäisten, luo-
DEUTZ-moottoritkin. Moottorien parantamiseen
käytettyä kehitystä sovelletaan myös DEUTZ
vaihtoehto alkuperäisille DEUTZ
varaosille.
es
tettavien ja vähän polttoainetta kuluttavien mootto-
reiden valmistukselle. On itsestään selvää, että
varaosiin. Moitteeton toiminta ja luotettavuus on
taattu käyttämällä ainoastaan viimeisimmän teknii-
On myös itsestään selvää, että
näille osille asetetaan samat kor- pt
myös tarkat ympäristön suojelua koskevat mää- kan mukaan valmistettuja alkuperäisiä DEUTZ keat laatuvaatimukset kuin uusille osillekin. Toi-
räykset on otettu huomioon. varaosia. minnaltaan ja luotettavuudeltaan DEUTZ vaihto-
osat ovat samanarvoisia DEUTZ varaosien kanssa.
it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Varo moottorin käydessä Asbesti
fn
Käyntihäiriöissä ja varaosakysymyksissä käänty- Huolto- tai korjaustyöt saa suorittaa ainoastaan Tässä moottorissa käytetyissä tii-
no
kää DEUTZ-edustajanne puoleen. Vauriotapauk- moottorin ollessa pysäytettynä. Mahdollisesti irro- visteissä ei ole asbestia.
sessa koulutettu henkilökunta huolehtii nopeasta ja
asianmukaisesta korjauksesta käyttämällä DEUTZ-
tetut suojalaitteet on asennettava töiden päätyttyä
jälleen paikoilleen. Huollettaessa käyvää moottoria
Huolto- ja korjaustöissä pyy-
dämme käyttämään vastaavia va-
el
osia. työvaatetus ei saa olla liian väljä. Moottori on py-
säytettävä tankkauksen ajaksi. Moottoria ei saa
raosia.
tr
koskaan käyttää suljetuissa tiloissa – myrkytys-
vaara. ru
ar
pl
3 fn © 2000
S1057
Moottorin kuvaus
de
en 1. Tyyppikilpi 2. Tyyppikilven paikka 3. Moottorinumero
fr
es
pt A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Moottorimalli A, moottorinumero B ja tehoarvot on Tyyppikilpi C on kiinnitetty kampikammioon. Moottorinumero on stanssattu sekä kampikam-
no stanssattu tyyppikilpeen.
Varaosia tilattaessa on moottorimalli ja moottorinu-
mioon että tyyppikilpeen.
mero ilmoitettava tilauksen vastaanottajalle.

el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 fn
S1057
Varaosatilaus
de
Tilaustiedot en
Alkuperäisten DEUTZ-varaosien tilauksen
yhteydessä on ilmoitettava seuraavat tiedot:
Varaosatilaus fr
- moottori-nro Moottori-nro: es
- ident.-nro Jks.nro Kpl Ident.-nro Huomautus Rakenneryhmä pt
- kappalemäärä
it
Dokumentaation rakenne
- Tämän varaosaluettelon kuvat on ryhmitelty
nl
moottorin rakenneryhmien mukaan.
sv
- Rakenneryhmät käyvät selville moottorin
listasta.
da
- Identifioimis- eli tunnistusnumero 06/59
koostuu rakenneryhmästä (esim. 06) ja
osanumerosta (esim. 59).
Osanumero
fn
Symbooliselvitys
no
-06- Rakennerymänumero (esim. 06) el
000 Muutosnumero (esim. 000)
tr
96 Sivunumero (esim. 96)
Ristivittaus jatkosivulla
ru
94 (esim. 94)
ar
A Liitäntäsymbooli
- ilmenee aina vähintään parittain
(esim. A-A, B-B, C-C, j.n.e.)
pl
5 fn © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Hyvä tietää, se on DEUTZ. Tilaus-nro: 0312 0806
fr DEUTZ on edustanut jo ammoisista ajoista saakka

uraauurtaavia uudistuksia moottorinrakennus-
alalla. Puolueettomana moottorinvalmistajana tarjo-
es amme ympäri maailmaa kokonaisen valikoiman
diesel- ja kaasumoottoreita, joiden suorituskyky
pt vaihtelee välillä 4 - 7.400 kW. Tuotteemme on
sovitettu täydellisesti asiakkaittemme vaatimusten
mukaan.
it Yli 1,4 miljoonaa DEUTZ-moottoria täyttää
ympäri maailmaa luotettavasti tehtävänsä.
nl Tarkoituksenamme on säilyttää moottoreidemme
käyttövalmius ja täten asiakkaittemme
sv tyytyväisyys. Tästä syystä olemme edustettuina
ympäri maailmaa asiantuntevien edustajien
muodostamalla verkolla, jonka tiheys vastaa
da moottoreidemme alueellista levinneisyyttä.
DEUTZ-nimi ei merkitse näin vain keksijähenkisiä

fn moottoreita. Vaan myös kokonaista moottoreihin
liittyvää suorituspakettia ja palvelua, johon voit Tilaus-nro: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no luottaa.
Sales & Service -rekisteri antaa yleiskuvan lähelläsi

el olevista DEUTZ-edustajista, heidän edustamistaan
tuotteista ja palveluista. Ja vaikka yksilöllistä tuote- Voit tilata paikallisesta sopimushuoltoliikkeestä DEUTZ AG
edustusta ei olisikaan mainittu, DEUTZ-edustaja tai osoitteesta: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr auttaa sinua eteenpäin asiantuntevalla neuvon-
nalla.
D-51057 Köln
ru Rekisteriä päivitetään jatkuvasti: tiedustele DEUTZ-

Puh.: 0049-221-822-0
Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
edustajaltasi uusinta painosta. Telex: 8812-0 khd d
ar http://www.deutz.de
DEUTZ AG
pl
© 2000 6 fn
S1057
Reservedelsliste
2012
Forhandlerstempel
0312 0836
Motornummer:
Vennligst skriv op motornummeret her. Dette gjør

behandlingen av spørsmål angående service,
reparasjoner og reservedeler enklere.
Vi forbeholder oss tekniske foranderinger i våre

beskrivelser og opplysninger i denne instruksjons-
boka som er nødvendig for forbedring av motorene.
Ettertrykk og kopiering på enhver måte, også delvis,
må ikke gjøres uten vår skriftlige tillatelse.
1 no © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Allment
de
en Kjære kunde, Komponenter som er oppført på denne reser-
vedeslisten, er bare beregnet til reparasjon av
fr Væskekølte motorer av merket DEUTZ er utviklet
med tanke på mange forskjellige bruksområder.
DEUTZ motorer som tilhører de serier som er
angitt (forskriftsmessig bruk).
Et bredt spekter av varianter sikrer at mange Fagmessig innmontering av reservedeler er utførlig
es forskjellige spesielle krav kan oppfylles. beskrevet i instruksjonsboken (vedlikeholdsarbeid)
og verkstedshåndboken (reparasjonsarbeid).
pt Din motor er utstyrt for det aktuelle bruksområde.
Derfor vil ikke alle deler og komponenter som er
Produsenten påtar seg ikke ansvar for materielle
skader eller personskader som skyldes at de
oppført på denne reservedelslisten, være montert relevante anvisningene ikke har blitt fulgt.
it på din motor.
Selv om bildene ikke alltid viser alle detaljer, kan

nl de enkelte variantene tydelig skilles fra hverandre
slik at det er lett å finne frem til de relevante
sv reservedelene til din motor. Ved hjelp av
posisjonsnummer, komponentgruppenummer
og motornummer kan du i hvert enkelt tilfelle finne
da frem til riktig reservedel.
Vi ber deg vennligst følge våre anvisninger ved

fn bestilling av reservedeler slik at vi kan levere de
reservedelene du har bruk for, raskt og sikkert og
no ifølge de seneste endringer.
Vi står gjerne til din disposisjon hvis du har

el ytterligere spørsmål.
Vennlig hilsen
tr DEUTZ AG
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 no
S1057
Allment
de
DEUTZ-Dieselmotoren Originaldeler DEUTZ byttekomponenter en
fr
er resulotatet av mangeårig forskning og utvikling. er underkastet strenge kvalitetskrav på linje med DEUTZ byttekomponenter er et
Et omfattende know-how i forbindelse med høye
kvalitetskrav er garantien for fremstillingen av
DEUTZ motorer. Videreutvikling for å forbedre
våre motorer blir selvfølgelig fulgt opp med for-
billig alternativ til originaldeler.
Selvfølgelig gjelder også her de
es
motorer med lang levetid, stor pålitelighet og lavt
drivstofforbruk Det er en selvfølge at de store
bedringer på originaldeler. Bruk derfor bare ori-
ginaldeler som er fremstilt etter de nyeste erfarin-
høyeste kvalitetskrav på samme
måte som for nye deler. Når det pt
kravene når det gjelder miljøvern, blir oppfylt. ger for å være sikker på feilfri funksjon og høy gjelder funksjon og pålitelighet, er DEUTZ bytte-
pålitelighet. komponenter likeverdige med originaldeler „O“. it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Vær forsiktig med motor i drift! Asbest
fn
Ta kontakt med en av våre ansvarlige service- Vedlikeholdsarbeid og reparasjoner skal bare Pakningene som benyttes i denne
no
representanter ved driftsforstyrrelser og spørsmål utføres med avslått motor. Vær sikker på at motoren motoren, er asbestfrie. Bruk reserve-
angående reservedeler. Vårt utdannete fagpersonal
sørger for rask og fagmessig reparasjon med
ikke kan starte uten oppsikt. Fare for ulykker!
Monter eventuelt fjernete beskyttelsesanordninger
deler uten asbest ved vedlike-
holds- og reparasjonsarbeid.
el
DEUTZ orignaldeler. på igjen etter avsluttet arbeid.
Tank bare med avslått motor. tr
Ta hensyn til arbeidsbeskyttelsesbestemmelsene
ved motordrift i lukkete rom eller ved arbeid under
jorda.
ru
ar
pl
3 no © 2000
S1057
Motorbeskrivekse
de
en 1. Firmaskilt 2. Firmaskiltets plassering 3. Motornummer
fr
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Type A, motornummer B samt tytelsesdata er Firmaskiltet C er festet på veivhuset. Motornummer er stemplet inn både veivhuset og
no stemplet inn på firmaskiltet.
Type og motornummer må angis når reservedeler
på firmaskiltet.
bestilles.
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 no
S1057
Reservedelsbestilling
de
Bestillingsangivelser en
Bestilling av
Ved bestilling av originale DEUTZ deler er følgende
angivelser nødvendig. reservedeler fr
- Motor-nr. Motor-nr.: es
- Ident-nr. Nr. Stuks Ident.nr. Opmerking Konstrukstionsgruppe pt
- Stykktall
it
Dokumentasjonsoversikt nl
- Illustrasjonene i denne reservedelslisten er
sortert etter motor-konstruksjonsgruppe. sv
- Delegruppen vises på motortegningen.
da
- Ident-nr. 06/59 består av konstruksjonsgruppe
(f.eks 06) og posisjon (f.eks 59)
Posisjon
fn
Symbolforklaring
no
-06- Delenummer (f.eks. 06) el
000 Endringnummer (f.eks. 000)
tr
96 Sidenummer (f.eks. 96)
Kryssreferanse på fortsettelsessiden.
ru
94 (f.eks. 94)
ar
A Koblingssymbol
- Føres alltid opp parvis
(f.eks. A-A, B-B, C-C osv.)
pl
5 no © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Å vite at det er Deutz Bestillings-nr.: 0312 0806
fr Deutz har alltid stått for en banebrytende utvikling

av motorer. Som uavhengig motorprodusent tilbyr
vi verden over et komplett utvalg av diesel- og
es gassmotorer med en effekt på 4 til 7.400 kW. Våre
produkter er perfekt tilpasset våre kunders krav.
pt Verden over arbeider mer enn 1,4 millioner DEUTZ
motorer pålitelig. Vi vil sørge for å opprettholde
it motorenes driftsklarhet og dermed våre kunders
tilfredshet. Derfor er vi verden over representert
med et nett av kompetente partnere som er tilpasset
nl den regionale fordelingen av våre motorer.
sv DEUTZ er dermed ikke bare et navn for innfalsrike

motorer, men også for en komplett pakke med
ytelser for alt som har med motorer å gjøre og for
da en service du kan stole på.
Registeret Sales & Service gir deg en oversikt over

fn DEUTZ partnere i din nærhet, over deres produkt-
kompetanse og service-ytelser, Og selv om en Bestillings-nr.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no direkte produkt-kompetanse ikke er merket av,
hjelper DEUTZ-partneren deg med kompetente råd.
el Registeret blir permanent aktualisert; spør din

DEUTZ partner om nyeste versjon. Bestilles hos din lokale service-partner eller hos: DEUTZ AG
tr DEUTZ AG
D-51057 Köln
ru Telefon:
Telefax:
0049-221-822-0
0049-221-822-5304
Telex: 8812-0 khd d
pl
© 2000 6 no
S1057
∫·Ù¿ÏÔÁo˜ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ
2012
™ÊÚ·Á›‰· ÙÔ˘ ÂÌfiÚÔ˘
0312 0836
∞ÚÈıÌfi˜
ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·:
™ËÌÂÈÒÛÙÂ Û·˜ ·Ú·Î·ÏÔ‡ÌÂ Â‰Ò ÙÔÓ ·ÚÈıÌfi ÙÛ˘

ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· Û·˜. ªÂ ÙÔÓ ÙÚfiÔ ·˘Ùfi ‰ÈÂ˘ÎÔÏ‡ÓÂÙÂ ÙËÓ
ÂÍ¤ÏÈÍË ÙˆÓ ‰È·‰ÈÎ·ÛÈÒÓ ÂÍ˘ËÚ¤ÙËÛË˜ ÂÏ·ÙÂ›·˜,
ÂÈ‰ÈÔÚıÒÛÂˆÓ Î·È ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ.
¢È·ÙËÚÔ‡ÌÂ ÙÔ ‰ÈÎ·›ˆÌ·, Ó· ÚÔ‚·›ÓÔ˘ÌÂ ÛÂ ÙÂ¯ÓÈÎ¤˜

·ÏÏ·Á¤˜ Â› ÙˆÓ ·ÂÈÎÔÓ›ÛÂˆÓ Î·È ÂÓ‰Â›ÍÂˆÓ ÙÔ˘
Î·Ù·ÏfiÁÔ˘ ·˘ÙÔ‡ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ, ÂÊfiÛÔÓ ÔÈ ·ÏÏ·Á¤˜
·˘Ù¤˜ ·Ô‚Ï¤Ô˘Ó ÛÂ ‚ÂÏÙ›ˆÛË ÙˆÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ.
∏ ·Ó·Ù‡ˆÛË Î·È Ë ·ÓÙÈÁÚ·Ê‹ Î¿ıÂ Â›‰Ô˘˜, ¤ÛÙˆ
Î·È Î·Ù¿ Ì¤Úo˜, Ùo˘ Î·Ù·ÏfiÁo˘ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ
ÂÈÙÚ¤oÓÙ·È ÌfiÓo ÌÂÙ¿ ·fi ¤ÁÁÚ·ÊË ¤ÁÎÚÈÛ‹ Ì·˜.
1 el © 2000
© 2000
S1057
∂ÈÛ·ÁˆÁÈÎ¤˜ ·Ú·ÙËÚ‹ÛÂÈ˜
de
en ∞ÍÈfiÙÈÌÂ ÂÏ¿ÙË, ¶ÚÔÛ¤ÍÙÂ Û·˜ ·Ú·Î·ÏÔ‡ÌÂ Î·Ù¿ ÙËÓ T· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿ ÓÔ ·Ó·Ê¤ÚÔÓÙ·È ÔÙÔÓ
·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ ÙÈ˜ Ô‰ËÁ›Â˜ Ì·˜, ·ÚfiÓÙ· Î·Ù¿ÏÔÁÔ Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ¯ÚËÔÈÌÔÔÈÔ‡ÓÙ·È
fr ÔÈ ˘ÁÚfi„˘ÎÙÔÈ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚÂ˜ DEUTZ ÂÍÂÏ›¯ıËÛ·Ó
ÙÂ¯ÓÈÎ¿ ÁÈ· ÂÊ·ÚÌÔÁ‹ ÛÂ ¤Ó·Ó Â˘Ú‡ ÙÔÌ¤·
Ô˘ ¤¯Ô˘Ó Û¯¤ÛË ÌÂ ÙÈ˜ ·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›Â˜ ·˘Ù¤˜,
ÚÔ˜ ÙÔ ÛÎÔfi fiˆ˜ Â›Ì·ÛÙÂ ÛÂ ı¤ÛË Ó·
ÌfiÓÔ ÁÈ· ÙËÓ ÂÈÔÎÂ˘‹ ÙˆÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ ˚fi‘ÒÒ ÙË˜
ÛÂÈÚ¿˜ ÌÔÓÙ¤ÏˆÓ ÔÙËÓ ÔÔãÈ ·Ó·Ê¤ÚÔÓÙ·È
ÂÊ·ÚÌÔÁÒÓ. ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ÚÔÛ¿ıÂÈ¿ Ì·˜ ·˘Ù‹ Û·˜ Î¿ÓÔ˘ÌÂ Û‡ÓÙÔÌË Î·È ÂÌÈÛÙÂ˘ÙÈÎ‹ (¯Ú‹ÔË Û‡ÊˆÓ· ÌÂ ÙÔÓ ÚÔÔÚÈÔÌfi ÙÔ˘˜).
es ÂÍ·ÛÊ·Ï›ÛÙËÎÂ Ì¤Ûˆ Ì›·˜ ÔÏ˘ÏËıÔ‡˜
ÚÔÛÊÔÚ¿˜ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÛÙÈÎÒÓ ·Ú·ÏÏ·ÁÒÓ,
·Ú¿‰ÔÛË ÙˆÓ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ, Ô˘ ¯ÚÂÈ¿˙ÂÛÙÂ,
ÛÙËÓ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÛÙÈÎ‹ ·Ú·ÏÏ·Á‹, Ë ÔÔ›·
TÔ ·ˆÔÙfi ÌÔÓÙ¿ÚÈÛÌ· ÙˆÓ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ
·˘ÙÒÓ ÂÚÈÁÚ¿ÊÂÙ·È ÂÈÔÙ·Ì¤Ó· ÔÙÈ˜ √‰ËÁãÈÂ˜
pt ÒÛÙÂ Ó· ÂÎÁËÚÒÓÔÓÙ·È fiÏÂ˜ ÔÈ ÂÈ‰ÈÎ¤˜
··ÈÙ‹ÛÂÈ˜ ÙˆÓ ÂÏ·ÙÒÓ Ì·˜.
·ÓÙ·ÔÎÚ›ÓÂÙ·È ÂÎ¿ÛÙÔÙÂ ÛÙËÓ ÙÂÏÂ˘Ù·›·
ÛÙ¿ıÌË ÌÂÙ·ÙÚÔÒÓ.
§ÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁãÈ·˜ (ÎÂÊ¿Ï·È: ∂ÚÁ·ÔãÈÂ˜ ·˘ÓÙ‹ÚËÔË˜)
Î·È ÔÙÔ ÂÁ¯ÂÈÚãÈ‰ÈÔ Û¤Ú‚È˜ ÂÈÔÎÂ˘ÒÓ (ÎÂÊ¿Ï·È:
∂ÚÁ·ÔãÈÂ˜ ÂÙÈÔÎÂ˘Ë˜). √ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÔÙ‹˜
it √ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·˜ Û·˜ ·˘Ùfi˜ Â›Ó·È ÂÊÔ‰È·ÛÌ¤ÓÔ˜
ÁÈ· ÂÊ·ÚÌÔÁ‹ ÙÔ˘ ÛÂ Ì›· ÂÈ‰ÈÎ‹ ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË,
µÚÈÛÎfiÌ·ÛÙÂ ¿ÓÙÔÙÂ ÛÙË ‰È¿ıÂÛ‹ Û·˜, ·Ó
¤¯ÂÙÂ ÂÚˆÙ‹Ì·Ù·, ÚÔÛÊ¤ÚÔÓÙ¿˜ Û·˜ Î·È ÙÈ˜
‰ÂÓ ¤¯ÂÈ Â˘ı‡ÓÂ˜ ÁÈ· ˙ËÌãÈÂ˜ ÛÂ ˘ÏÈÎfi Î·È
·Ù˘¯‹Ì·Ù· ÚÔÔˆÈÎÔ‡ ‹ ·Ó·ÏˆÙÒ/¯ÚËÔÙÒÓ,
Î·È ·˘Ùfi ÛËÌ·›ÓÂÈ fiÙÈ Ù· ÛÙÔÈ¯Â›· ÌË¯·ÓÒÓ, ·Ó·ÁÎ·›Â˜ Û˘Ì‚Ô˘ÏÂ˘ÙÈÎ¤˜ ˘ËÚÂÛ›Â˜. Ô˘ ÚÔ¤Ú¯ÔÓÙ·È ·fi ÙËÓ ÌË Ô˘ÌÌfiÚÊˆÔË ÚÔ˜
nl Ù· ÔÔ›· ÂÚÈÏ·Ì‚¿ÓÔÓÙ·È ÛÙÔÓ Î·Ù¿ÏÔÁÔ ·˘Ùfi
·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ, Î·È Ù· ˘fiÏÔÈ· Û˘ÛÙ·ÙÈÎ¿ ∏ ÂÙ·ÈÚÂ›· Û·˜
ÙÈ˜ ·Ó¿ÏÔÁÂ˜ Ô‰Ë ÁãÈÂ˜.
sv ÌË¯·ÓÈÎ¿ ÛÙÛÈ¯Â›· ‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È ÂÍ ÔÏÔÎÏ‹ÚÔ˘

ÂÊ·ÚÌÔÛÌ¤Ó· Î·È ÛÙÔÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· Û·˜.
DEUTZ AG
da ∞Ó Î·È ÔÈ ÁÚ·ÊÈÎ¤˜ ·Ú·ÛÙ¿ÛÂÈ˜ ‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È

‰È·ÌÔÚÊˆÌ¤ÓÂ˜ ÌÂ fiÏÂ˜ ÙÈ˜ ÏÂÙÔÌ¤ÚÂÈÂ˜,
ÌÔÚÂ› ÂÓÙÔ‡ÙÔÈ˜ Ó· ÚÔÎ‡„ÂÈ ‰È·¯ˆÚÈÛÌfi˜
fn ÌÂÙ·Í‡ ÙˆÓ ÌÂÌÔÓˆÌ¤ÓˆÓ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÛÙÈÎÒÓ
·Ú·ÏÏ·ÁÒÓ Î·Ù¿ Û·Ê‹ ÙÚfiÔ, Ô‡Ùˆ˜ ÒÛÙÂ Ó·
no ÌÔÚÂ›ÙÂ Ó· ‚ÚÂ›ÙÂ ÌÂ Â˘ÎÔÏ›· Ù· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿
ÂÎÂ›Ó·, Ù· ÔÔ›· ·ÊÔÚÔ‡Ó ÙÔÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· Û·˜.
ª¤Ûˆ ÙÔ˘ ·ÚÈıÌÔ‡ ı¤ÛË˜, oÌ¿‰·˜ ÂÍ·ÚÙËÌ¿ÙˆÓ
el Î·È ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· ÌÔÚÂ› Ó· ‰È·ÈÛÙˆıÂ› ÛÂ Î¿ıÂ
ÍÂ¯ˆÚÈÛÙ‹ ÂÚ›ÙˆoË ÙÔ ÛˆÛÙfi ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎfi.
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 el
S1057
∂ÈÛ·ÁˆÁÈÎ¤˜ ·Ú·ÙËÚ‹ÛÂÈ˜
de
√È ÓÙÈ˙Â ÏÔÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚÂ˜ DEUTZ ∆· ÁÓ‹ÛÈ· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿ ∞ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿ ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù· ÙË˜ DEUTZ en
fr
·ÔÙÂÏÔ‡Ó ÚÔ›fiÓ Ì·ÎÚÔ¯ÚfiÓÈ·˜ ÂÈÛÙËÌÔÓÈÎ‹˜ YfiÎÂÈÓÙ·È ÛÙÈ˜ ›‰ÈÂ˜ ·˘ÛÙËÚ¤˜ ··ÈÙ‹ÛÂÈ˜ ÔÈfiÙËÙ·˜ ∆· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿ ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù· ÙË˜
¤ÚÂ˘Ó·˜ Î·È ÙÂ¯ÓÈÎ‹˜ ÂÍ¤ÏÈÍË˜. ∏ ·ÔÎÙËıÂ›Û·
ÙÂ¯ÓÔ‰ÔÛ›·, Ô˘ ÚÔ¤Î˘„Â ·fi ÙÈ˜ ÂÚÁ·Û›Â˜ Ì·˜
Deutz. ∏ ÂÚ·ÈÙ¤Úˆ ÂÍ¤ÏÈÍË ÁÈ· ÙË ‚ÂÏÙ›ˆÛË ÙˆÓ
ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ ‰ÈÂÍ¿ÁÂÙ·È ‚Â‚·›ˆ˜ Î·È ÛÙ· ÁÓ‹ÛÈ·
DEUTZ ·ÔÙÂÏÔ‡Ó ÌÈ· ÔÈÎÔÓÔÌÈÎ¿
Û˘ÌÊ¤ÚÔ˘Û· ÂÓ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ‹ Ï‡ÛË ¤Ó·ÓÙÈ
es
·˘Ù¤˜, ·ÔÙÂÏÂ› ÛÂ Û˘Ó‰˘·ÛÌfi ÌÂ ˘„ËÏ¤˜
ÔÈÔÙÈÎ¤˜ ··ÈÙ‹ÛÂÈ˜ ÙËÓ ÂÁÁ‡ËÛË ÁÈ· ÙËÓ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘‹
·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿. ªfiÓÔ Ë ¯Ú‹ÛË ÙˆÓ ÁÓ‹ÛÈˆÓ
·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ, Ô˘ ¤¯Ô˘Ó Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÛÙÂ› Û‡ÌÊˆÓ·
ÛÙ· ÁÓ‹ÛÈ· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿. º˘ÛÈÎ¿
ÈÛ¯‡Ô˘Ó Î·È Â‰Ò Ù· ˘„ËÏfiÙÂÚ· pt
ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ ÌÂ Ì·ÎÚÔ¯ÚfiÓÈ· ˙ˆ‹, ÌÂÁ¿ÏË ÌÂ ÙÔ ÙÂÏÂ˘Ù·›Ô Â›Â‰Ô ÙË˜ ÙÂ¯ÓÔÏÔÁ›·˜, ·Ú¤¯ÂÈ ÛÙ¿ÓÙ·Ú ÔÈfiÙËÙ·˜ fiˆ˜ Î·È ÁÈ· Ù· Î·ÈÓÔ‡ÚÁÈ·
ÂÌÈÛÙÂ˘ÙÈÎfiÙËÙ· Î·È ÌÈÎÚ‹ Î·Ù·Ó¿ÏˆÛË Î·˘Û›ÌˆÓ.
∂›Ó·È ·˘ÙÔÓfiËÙÔ, fiÙÈ ÂÎÏËÚÔ‡ÓÙ·È ÛÙÔ˘˜ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚÂ˜
ÂÁÁ‡ËÛË ÁÈ· ·ÚfiÛÎÔÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Î·È ˘„ËÏ‹
·ÍÈÔÈÛÙ›·.
ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù·. ∆· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿ ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù· ÙË˜
DEUTZ Â›Ó·È ÈÛ¿ÍÈ· ÌÂ Ù· ÁÓ‹ÛÈ· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿
it
Ì·˜ Î·È ÔÈ ˘„ËÏ¤˜ ··ÈÙ‹ÛÂÈ˜ ÚÔÛÙ·Û›·˜ ÙÔ˘ fiÛÔÓ ·ÊÔÚ¿ ÙË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›· Î·È ÙËÓ ·ÍÈÔÈÛÙ›· ÙÔ˘˜.
ÂÚÈ‚¿ÏÏÔÓÙÔ˜. nl
sv
™∂ƒµπ™ ¶ÚÔÛÔ¯‹ Î·Ù¿ ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· ÙË˜
ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜ ÙÔ˘ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·
∞Ì›·ÓÙÔ˜ da
∞ÔÙ·ÓıÂ›ÙÂ ÛÂ ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÈÎÒÓ ‚Ï·‚ÒÓ √È ÂÚÁ·Û›Â˜ Û˘ÓÙ‹ÚËÛË˜ ‹ ÂÈÛÎÂ˘‹˜ ÂÈÙÚ¤ÂÙ·È Ó· ∆· ÛÙÂÁ·ÓˆÎ¿ ÂÍ·ÚÙ‹Ì·Ù·, Ù·
fn
Î·È ÛÂ ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË Ô˘ ¯ÚÂÈ¿˙ÂÛÙÂ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿ ÛÙÈ˜
·ÚÌfi‰ÈÂ˜ ·ÓÙÈÚÔÛˆÂ›Â˜ Ì·˜, Ô˘ ‰È·ı¤ÙÔ˘Ó
‰ÈÂÓÂÚÁÔ‡ÓÙ·È ÌfiÓÔ ÂÊfiÛÔÓ Ô ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·˜ ¤¯ÂÈ ÙÂıÂ›
ÂÎÙfi˜ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·˜. ™Â ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË, Î·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ÔÔ›·
ÔÔ›· ÂÊ·ÚÌfi˙ÔÓÙ·ÈÛ ·˘ÙfiÓ ÙÔÓ
ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·, ‰ÂÓ ÂÚÈ¤¯Ô˘Ó ·Ì›·ÓÙÔ. ™Â no
˘ËÚÂÛ›Â˜ Û¤Ú‚È˜ ÂÏ·ÙÂ›·˜. ∆Ô ÂÍÂÈ‰ÈÎÂ˘Ì¤ÓÔ Ì·˜ Î·Ù¤ÛÙË ·Ó·ÁÎ·›Ô Ó· ·ÔÌ·ÎÚ‡ÓÂÙÂ ·fi ÙÔÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· ÂÚÈÙÒÛÂÈ˜ ÂÚÁ·ÛÈÒÓ Û˘ÓÙ‹ÚËÛË˜
ÚÔÛˆÈÎfi ÊÚÔÓÙ›˙ÂÈ ÛÂ Î¿ıÂ ÂÚ›ÙˆÛË ‚Ï·‚ÒÓ
ÁÈ· Ì›· Û‡ÓÙÔÌË Î·È ÂÍÂÈ‰ÈÎÂ˘Ì¤ÓË ÂÈ‰ÈfiÚıˆÛË
Û·˜ ÔÚÈÛÌ¤ÓÂ˜ ÚÔÛÙ·ÙÂ˘ÙÈÎ¤˜ Û˘ÛÎÂ˘¤˜ Î·Ù¿
ÙË ‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· ÂÚÁ·ÛÈÒÓ ÂÈ‰ÈfiÚıˆÛË˜, Ú¤ÂÈ Ó·
Î·È ÂÈ‰ÈfiÚıˆÛË˜ ÂÊ·ÚÌfi˙ÂÙÂ, Û·˜
·Ú·Î·ÏÔ‡ÌÂ ·Ó¿ÏÔÁ· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎ¿.
el
ÌÂ ¯ÚËÛÈÌÔÔ›ËÛË ÁÓËÛ›ˆÓ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ ÙÔ˘ ÊÚÔÓÙ›ÛÂÙÂ ÒÛÙÂ Ó· Í·Ó·ÂÊ·ÚÌÔÛÙÔ‡Ó ÔÈ Û˘ÛÎÂ˘¤˜
ÂÚÁÔÛÙ·Û›Ô˘ Ì·˜. ·˘Ù¤˜ ÌÂÙ¿ ÙÔ Ù¤ÏÔ˜ ÙË˜ ÂÈ‰ÈfiÚıˆÛË˜. ∫·Ù¿ ÙË
‰È¿ÚÎÂÈ· ÂÚÁ·ÛÈÒÓ ÛÂ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·, Ô˘ ‚Ú›ÛÎÂÙ·È
tr
ÛÂ ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁ›·, Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÊÔÚ¿ÙÂ ÛÙÂÓ¿ ÂÚÁ·ÙÈÎ¿
ÚÔ‡¯·. ¶ÚÔ‚·›ÓÂÙÂ ÛÂ Á¤ÌÈÛÌ· ÙÔ˘ ÚÂ˙ÂÚ‚Ô˘¿Ú ÙÔ˘ ru
ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· ÌÂ Î·‡ÛÈÌ· ÌfiÓÔ ·ÊÔ‡ ÚÔËÁÔ˘Ì¤Óˆ˜ ¤¯ÂÙÂ
ı¤ÛÂÈ ÙÔÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· ÂÎÙfi˜ ÏÂÈÙo˘ÚÁ›·˜. ªËÓ ·Ê‹ÓÂÙÂ
oÙ¤ Ó· ÏÂÈÙÔ˘ÚÁÂ› Ô ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·˜ Ì¤Û· ÛÂ ÎÏÂÈÛÙÔ‡˜
ar
¯ÒÚÔ˘˜, ÁÈ·Ù› ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ Î›Ó‰˘ÓÔ˜ ‰ËÏËÙËÚ›·ÛË˜.
pl
3 el © 2000
S1057
¶ÂÚÈÁÚ·Ê‹ ÙÔ˘ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·
de
en 1. ¶ÈÓ·Î›‰· ÙÔ˘ ÂÚÁÔÛÙ·Û›Ô˘ 2. £¤ÛË ÙË˜ ÈÓ·Î›‰·˜ ÙÔ˘ 3. ∞ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÙÔ˘ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·
fr Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘‹˜ ÂÚÁÔÛÙ·Û›Ô˘ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘‹˜
es
pt A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
∏ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÛÙÈÎ‹ ·Ú·ÏÏ·Á‹ ∞, Ô ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÙÔ˘ ∏ ÈÓ·Î›‰· ÙÔ˘ ÂÚÁÔÛÙ·Û›Ô˘ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘‹˜ C √ ·ÚÈıÌfi˜ ÙÔ˘ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚÔ˜ Â›Ó·È ÛÊÚ·ÁÈÛÌ¤Óo˜
no ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· µ Î·ıÒ˜ Â›ÛË˜ Î·È Ù· ÙÂ¯ÓÈÎ¿ ÛÙÔÈ¯Â›·
ÈÛ¯‡Ô˜ ÙÔ˘ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· ¤¯Ô˘Ó ÛÊÚ·ÁÈÛÙÂ› Â¿Óˆ
‚Ú›ÛÎÂÙ·È ÛÙÂÚÂˆÌ¤ÓË Â¿Óˆ ÛÙÔ Î›‚ÒÙÈÔ ÙÔ˘
ÛÙÚÔÊ¿ÏÔ˘.
Â¿Óˆ ÛÙÔ Î›‚ÒÙÈÔ ÙÔ˘ ÛÙÚÔÊ¿ÏÔ˘ Î·ıÒ˜ Â›ÔË˜
Î·È Â¿Óˆ oÙËÓ ÈÓ·Î›‰· ÙÔ˘ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘Ë˜.
ÛÙËÓ ÈÓ·Î›‰· ÙÔ˘ ÂÚÁÔÛÙ·Û›Ô˘ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘‹˜.
el ∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ Ú¤ÂÈ
Ó· Á›ÓÂÙ·È ·Ó·ÊÔÚ¿ ÙË˜ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÛÙÈÎ‹˜
tr ·Ú·ÏÏ·Á‹˜ Î·È ÙÔ˘ ·ÚÈıÌÔ‡ ÙÔ˘ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·.
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 el
S1057
¶·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›· ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ
de
™ÙÔÈ¯Â›· ·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›·˜ en
¶·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›·
∫·Ù¿ ÙËÓ ·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›· ÙˆÓ ÁÓ‹ÛÈˆÓ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ
DEUTZ ¯ÚÂÈ¿˙ÔÓÙ·È Ù· ·ÎfiÏÔ˘ı· ÛÙÔÈ¯Â›·: ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ fr
- ∞Ú. ∫ÈÓËÙ‹Ú· ∞Ú. ∫ÈÓËÙ‹Ú· : es
- ∞Ú. ∞Ó·ÁÓÒÚÈÛË˜ TÂÌ ¶ÔÛÔÙ. ∞Ú. ∞v·Áv. ¶·Ú·ÙËÚ. ™˘ÁÎÚfiÙÌ· ∫ÈÓËÙ‹Ú· pt
- ∞Ú. ∆ÂÌ·¯›ˆÓ
it
¢È¿Ù·ÍË ÙÂÎÌËÚ›ˆÛË˜
- √È ›Ó·ÎÂ˜ ÌÂ ÂÈÎfiÓÂ˜ ·˘ÙÔ‡ ÙÔ˘ Î·Ù·ÏfiÁÔ˘
nl
·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ Â›Ó·È Ù·ÍÈÓÔÌËÌ¤ÓÔÈ Û‡ÌÊˆÓ·
ÌÂ Ù· Û˘ÁÎÚÔÙ‹Ì·Ù· ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ. sv
- ™Â Î¿ıÂ Ì¤ÚÔ˜ ˘¿Ú¯ÂÈ
Û˘ÁÎÚÔÙ‹Ì·ÙÔ˜ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú·
Ì›· ÂÚ›ÏË
da
- √ ·Ú. ∞Ó·ÁÓÒÚÈÛË˜ 06/59 ·ÔÙÂÏÂ›Ù·È ·fi
Û˘ÁÎÚfiÙËÌ· (.¯. 06) Î·È ı¤ÛË (.¯. 59)
∞Ú. ∆ÂÌ·¯›Ô˘
fn
no
-06- el
000
96
tr
94 ru
A
ar
pl
5 el © 2000
S1057
™∂ƒµπ™
de
en ¶Ú¤ÂÈ Ó· ÁÓˆÚ›˙ÂÙÂ, Â›Ó·È DEUTZ AÚ. ¶·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›·˜: 0312 0806
fr ∂‰Ò Î·È ¯ÚfiÓÈ· ÙÔ fiÓÔÌ· DEUTZ Â›Ó·È Û˘ÓÒÓ˘ÌÔ ÙˆÓ

ÚÈ˙ÔÛ·ÛÙÈÎÒÓ ÂÍÂÏ›ÍÂˆÓ ÛÙËÓ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘‹ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ.
ø˜ ·ÓÂÍ¿ÚÙËÙÔ˜ Î·Ù·ÛÎÂ˘·ÛÙ‹˜ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ
es ÚÔÛÊ¤ÚÔ˘ÌÂ ·ÁÎÔÛÌ›ˆ˜ Ì›· Ï‹ÚË ÁÎ¿Ì·
ÂÙÚÂÏ·ÈÔÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ Î·È ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ ÌÂ ·¤ÚÈÔ ÛÙËÓ
pt ÂÚÈÔ¯‹ ÈÛ¯‡Ô˜ ·fi 4 ¤ˆ˜ Î·È 7400kW. ∆· ÚÔ˚fiÓÙ·
Ì·˜ Â›Ó·È Ù¤ÏÂÈ· ÚÔÛ·ÚÌÔÛÌ¤Ó· ÛÙÈ˜ ··ÈÙ‹ÛÂÈ˜ ÙˆÓ
ÂÏ·ÙÒÓ Ì·˜.
it ¶·ÁÎÔÛÌ›ˆ˜, ÂÚÈÛÛfiÙÂÚÔÈ ·fi 1,4 ÂÎ·ÙÔÌÌ‡ÚÈ·
ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚÂ˜ DEUTZ ÂÎÙÂÏÔ‡Ó ·ÍÈfiÈÛÙ· ÙÈ˜ ˘ËÚÂÛ›Â˜
nl ÙÔ˘˜. £· ı¤Ï·ÌÂ Ó· ‰È·ÙËÚ‹ÛÔ˘ÌÂ ÙËÓ ÂÙÔÈÌfiÙËÙ·
¯Ú‹ÛË˜ ÙˆÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ Ì·˜ Î·È ÙËÓ ÈÎ·ÓÔÔ›ËÛË ÙˆÓ
sv ÂÏ·ÙÒÓ Ì·˜. °È· ·˘Ùfi ÙÔ ÏfiÁÔ ÂÎÚÔÛˆÔ‡Ì·ÛÙÂ
·ÁÎÔÛÌ›ˆ˜ ÌÂ ¤Ó· ‰›ÎÙ˘Ô Î·Ù¿ÏÏËÏˆÓ Û˘ÓÂÚÁ·ÙÒÓ, Ë
˘ÎÓfiÙËÙ· ÙˆÓ ÔÔ›ˆÓ ·ÓÙÈÛÙÔÈ¯Â› ÛÙËÓ ÂÚÈÊÂÚÂÈ·Î‹
da Î·Ù·ÓÔÌ‹ ÙˆÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚˆÓ Ì·˜.
ŒÙÛÈ Ë DEUTZ ‰ÂÓ Â›Ó·È ÌfiÓÔ ÙÔ fiÓÔÌ· ÁÈ· ÎÈÓËÙ‹ÚÂ˜ ÌÂ

fn ÓÂ‡Ì· ·Ó·Î¿Ï˘„Ë˜, ·ÏÏ¿ Î·È ÁÈ· ¤Ó· ÔÏÔÎÏËÚˆÌ¤ÓÔ
·Î¤ÙÔ ·ÚÔ¯ÒÓ Á‡Úˆ ·fi ÙÔÓ ÎÈÓËÙ‹Ú· Î·È ¤Ó· AÚ. ¶·Ú·ÁÁÂÏ›·˜: (CD-ROM) 0312 0807
no Û¤Ú‚È˜, ÙÔ ÔÔ›Ô ÌÔÚÂ›ÙÂ Ó· ÂÌÈÛÙÂ˘fiÛ·ÛÙÂ.
√ Î·Ù¿ÏÔÁÔ˜ Sales & Service Û·˜ ÚÔÛÊ¤ÚÂÈ Ì›·

el Û˘ÓÔÙÈÎ‹ ÂÈÎfiÓ· ÁÈ· ÙÔ˘˜ Û˘ÓÂÚÁ¿ÙÂ˜ ÙË˜ DEUTZ
ÛÙËÓ ÂÚÈÔ¯‹ Û·˜, ÁÈ· Ù· ÚÔ˚fiÓÙ· Ô˘ Â›Ó·È ·ÚÌfi‰ÈÔÈ ¶ÚÔÌËıÂ‡ÂÙ·È Ì¤Ûˆ ÙÔ˘ ·ÚÌfi‰ÈÔ˘ Û˘ÓÂÚÁ¿ÙË Service DEUTZ AG
Î·È ÁÈ· ÙÈ˜ ˘ËÚÂÛ›Â˜ Û¤Ú‚È˜. ∞ÏÏ¿ ·ÎfiÌË ÎÈ fiÙ·Ó ‰ÂÓ ÙË˜ ÂÚÈÔ¯‹˜ ‹ ·fi: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr ÛËÌÂÈÒÓÂÙ·È Î¿ÔÈ· ¿ÌÂÛË ·ÚÌÔ‰ÈfiÙËÙ· ÚÔ˚fiÓÙÔ˜, Ô
Û˘ÓÂÚÁ¿ÙË˜ ÙË˜ DEUTZ ı· Û·˜ ‚ÔËı‹ÛÂÈ ÌÂ
D-51057 Köln
ru Î·Ù¿ÏÏËÏÂ˜ Û˘Ì‚Ô˘Ï¤˜. TËÏ¤ÊˆÓÔ: 0049-221-822-0

º·Í: 0049-221-822-5304
√ Î·Ù¿ÏÔÁÔ˜ ·Ó·ÓÂÒÓÂÙ·È ÛÂ ÌfiÓÈÌË ‚¿ÛË. ƒˆÙ‹ÛÙÂ ÙÔ T¤ÏÂÍ: 8812-0 khd d
ar ‰ÈÎfi Û·˜ Û˘ÓÂÚÁ¿ÙË ÙË˜ DEUTZ ÁÈ· ÙË Ó¤· ¤Î‰ÔÛË. http://www.deutz.de
∏ ‰ÈÎ‹ Û·˜ DEUTZ AG

pl
© 2000 6 el
S1057
Yedek parça listesi
2012
0312 0836
Motor numarası:
Lütfen buraya motor numarası nı yazın. Böylece

müşteri hizmetleri, tamir ve yedek parça ile ilgili
konularda kolaylık sağlanır.
Yedek parça listesinde gösterilen şekiller ve teknik

bilgilerin, motorlarda yapılacak geliştirmeler
nedeniyle değiştirilmesi hakkı saklıdır. Firmamızın
yazılı izni olmaksızın, kısmen de olsa her türlü
çoğaltma ve kopyalama yasaktır.
1 tr © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Önsöz
de
en Sayın müşterimiz, Yedek parça listesinde belirtilmiş olan parçalar,
yalnızca ilgili Deutz motorlarının yapı grubu için
fr DEUTZ Marka hava/su soğutmalı motorlar geniş
geçerlidir ve yalnızca bu tip motorların tamirinde
kullanılacaktır (kullanım amacına uygun kullanım).
kullanım alanları için geliştirilmiştir. Sunulan geniş Yedek parçaların talimatlara göre doğru şekilde
es model ve tip çeşitleri ile her türlü kullanım alanının
gerektirdiği özel şartlar yerine getirilebilmektedir.
tmonte edilmesini gösteren bilgiler, kullanım kılavuzu
(bakım çalışmaları) ve atölye el kitabında (tamir
pt Sahip olduğunuz motor bağlı olduğu kullanım amacı
çalışmaları) ayrıntılı olarak açıklanmıştır. Talimatlara
aykırı yapılan çalışmalardan doğacak hasar ve
ile donatılmış olduğundan, yedek parça listesinde yaralanmalardan imalatçı firma sorumlu değildir.
it gösterilmiş olan tüm eleman ve parçalar motorunuzda
bulunmaz.
nl Gösterilmiş olan grafikler tüm detayları kapsamasa

da, motorunuz tipi için geçerli olan yedek parça
sv kolayca tespit edilebilir. Pozisyon, yapı grubu ve
motor numarası üzerinden her halukarda, motorunuz
ile ilgili doğru yedek parça tespit edilebilir.
da Yedek parça siparişinde, ihtiyacınız olan yedek
parçayı en kısa zamanda, güvenilir ve son değişiklik
fn tipinde sevk edebilmemiz için sipariş bilgilerine dikkat
ediniz.
no Sormak istediğiniz sorular olduğunda bize her zaman
başvurabilirsiniz.
el
DEUTZ AG
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 tr
S1057
Önsöz
de
DEUTZ Dizel motorları Orijinal DEUTZ Yedek Parça DEUTZ Değiştirme komponentleri en
fr
DEUTZT Marka dizel motorları, uzun yıllardır yapılan Orijinal yedek parçalar aynı DEUTZ motorlarında DEUTZ Değiştirme komponentleri
araştırma ve geliştirmenin ürünüdür. Bu araştırma ve
geliştirmelerden elde edilen know how ve üretimde
olduğu gibi yüksek kalite standartlarına göre üretilir.
Motorların iyileştirilmesi için yapılan geliştirme
(üniteleri) uygun fiyatlı bir alternatifdir.
Aynı yeni yedek parçalarda olduğu
es
uygulanan yüksek kalite standartları, uzun ömürlü,
yüksek dayanıklı ve düşük yakıt sarfiyatlı motorların
çalışmalarında olduğu gibi yedek parçalar üzerinde
de geliştirmeler yapılır. Yalnızca en son teknolojiye
gibi bu parçalar için de yüksek
kalite standartları geçerlidir. DEUTZ pt
üretilmesini sağlamıştır. Aynı zamanda çevre koruma göre üretilmiş olan orijinal DEUTZ yedek parçaları, Değiştirme komponentlerinin fonksiyon ve
ile ilgili tüm yükümlülükler de yerine getirilmiştir. motorların mükemmel fonksiyonunu, yüksek
dayanıklılık ve güvenilirliğini sağlar.
güvenilirliği orijinal DEUTZ yedek parçalarına eşittir. it
nl
sv
da
SERVİS Motor çalışırken dikkatli olun Asbest
fn
Arıza durumları ve yedek parça konularında bilgi Bakım ve onarım çalışmaları yalnızca motor dururken Bu motorda kullanılan contalarda
no
edinmek için yetkili servislerimize başvurunuz. Bu yapılacaktır. Muhtemelen sökülmüş olan koruma asbest malzemesi bulunmaz.
durumlarda eğitimli kalifiye personelimiz, orijinal
DEUTZ parçaları kullanarak tamir çalışmalarını
düzenleri, bakım ve tamir çalışmalarından sonra
tekrar monte edilecektir. Motor çalışırken yapılan
Bakım ve onarım çalışmalarında
lüften uygun yedek parça kullanın.
el
yerine getireceklerdir. çalışmalarda bol iş elbisesi giyilmeyecektir. Yakıt
dolumu yalnızca motor dururken yapılacaktır. Motoru tr
kesinlikle kapalı mekanlarda çalıştırmayın -
Zehirlenme tehlikesi. ru
ar
pl
3 tr © 2000
S1057
Motorun tanımlanması
de
en 1. Üretici etiketi 2. Üretici etiketi pozisyonu 3. Motor numarası
fr
es
pt A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Yapı türü A, motor numarası B ve motor gücü verileri Üretici etiketi C karter silindir bloğunda bağlıdır. Motor numarası, karter silindir bloğuna dövülmüş
no üretici etiketinde yazılıdır.
Yedek parça siparişinde yapı türü ve motor numarası
ve üretici etiketine yazılmıştır.
belirtilecektir.
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 tr
S1057
Yedek parça siparişi
de
Sipariş bilgileri en
Orijinal DEUTZ yedek parça siparişlerinde aşağıdaki
bilgilerin belirtilmesi gereklidir:
Yedek parça siparişi fr
- Motor-Nr. Motor-Nr.: es
Sıra
- Kod Nr.
no. Adet Kod Nr. Not Yapı grubu pt
- Adet
it
Dokümantasyon yapısı
nl
- Yedek parça listesindeki şekiller ve çizimler
motor gruplarına göre ayrılmıştır sv
- Her bölümün önünde yapı grubu listesi bulunur
- 06/59 Kod numarası örneğin:

da
(örnek 06) nolu yapı grubu (örnek 59) nolu
pozisyondan oluşur.
Pozisyon
fn
Sembol açiklamasi
no
-06- Yapi grubu numarasi (Örn. 06) el
000 Değişim kudo (Örn. 000)
tr
96 Sayfa numarasi (Örn. 96)
Izleyen sayfa üzerindeki referans (Örn. 94 )

ru
94
ar
A Bağlanti semolü
- Her saman en az ikili sembol olarak
(Örn. A-A, B-B, C-C vs.gibi)
pl
5 tr © 2000
S1057
Servis
de
en Bilmek gerekir, bu DEUTZ’dur. Sipariş no: 0312 0806
fr Motor yapımında çığır açan gelişmeler demek DEUTZ

demektir. Biz, bağımsız motor üreticisi olarak dünya
genelinde 4 ile 7.400 kW gücündeki dizel ve gaz
es motorlarını palet halinde sunmaktayız. Ürünlerimiz
müşterilerimizin beklentileri için biçilmiş kaftandır.
pt
Bugün dünya genelinde 1,4 milyondan daha fazla
it sayıda DEUTZ motoru hizmet vermektedir.
Motorlarımızın etkinliğini ve bununla birlikte
müşterilerimizin memnuniyetini sürdürmek istiyoruz.
nl Bu nedenle bütün dünyada, yayılımları motorlarımızın
bölgesel dağılımına uygun olan yetkin temsilciler
sv bizleri temsil etmektedir.
DEUTZ, bu şekilde sadece motorlar için yaratıcılık

da ruhuna sahip bir isim değil, bunun yanında motorla
ilgili tam bir hizmet paketi ve güvenebileceğiniz bir
servis demektir.
fn Sales & Service cetveli size DEUTZ’un en Sipariş no: (CD-ROM) 0312 0807
no yakınınızdaki temsilcileri, onların ürün yetkileri ve
servis hizmetleri hakkında bilgi verir. Direk olarak ürün
yetkisi olmasa da DEUTZ temsilcisi size danışma
el hizmeti vererek yardım eder.
Bulunduğunuz yerdeki yetkili servisinizden veya DEUTZ AG
Cetvel sürekli olarak güncel hale getirilir. Yakınınızdaki yandaki adresimizden edinebilirsiniz: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr DEUTZ temsilcisinden yeni baskıyı isteyiniz. D-51057 Köln
ru Sizin DEUTZ’unuz.
Telefon: 0049-221-822-0
Telefaks: 0049-221-822-5304
Teleks: 8812-0 khd d
pl
© 2000 6 tr
S1057
2012
0312 0836
1 ru © 2000
© 2000
S1057
de
en
fr
es
pt
it
nl
sv
da
fn
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 ru
S1057
de
en
fr
es
pt
it
nl
sv
da
fn
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
3 ru © 2000
S1057
de
en
fr
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 ru
S1057
Заказ на запасные части
de
Данные для заказа en
Заказ на запасные
При заказе подлинных частей фирмы ДОЙЦ
требуется указать следующие данные: части fr
- Двигатель № Двигатель № es
Пор. Шт. Идент
- Идент. №
№ № Примечание Конструктивная группа pt
- Количество
Устройство ведомости для заказа

it
- Изображения этой ведомости nl
запасных частей сортированы согласно
конструктивным группам двигателя. sv
- Для каждого раздела вначале представлен
обзор конструктивных групп. da
- Идент. № 06\59 состоит из
конструктивной группы (например, 06)
Позиция
fn
и позиции (например, 59).
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
5 ru © 2000
S1057
Cepис
de
en Зная - это ДОЙЦ! Заказ № 0312 0806
Индекс сбыта и сервиса
fr С давних пор ДОЙЦ - это олицетворение
новаторского развития в изготовлении
двигателей. В качестве независимого
es производителя двигателей мы предлагаем по
всему миру комплектный ассортимент
дизельных и газовых двигателей в диапазоне
pt мощности от 4 до 7400 кВт. Наша продукция в
совершентсве припасована к требованиям
it наших заказчиков.
По всему миру надежно служат более чем 1,4
миллиона двигателей “ДОЙЦ“. Мы желаем
nl сохранить готовность наших двигателей к
эксплуатации и этим - удовлетворенность
sv наших клиентов. Для этого мы представлены по
всему миру сетью компетентных партнеров,
количество которых соответствует региональному
da распределению наших двигателей.
Таким образом, ДОЙЦ является не только
fn именем для двигателей с духом
изобретательства. Но также и для комплекса
услуг по всем вопросам, касающимся Заказ № (CD-ROM) 0312 0807
no двигателей, и сервиса, на который можно
положиться.
Индекс сбыта и сервиса
el “Индекс сбыта и услуг“ дает Вам обзор

партнеров ДОЙЦа, находящихся недалеко от Заказ производится через соответствующего DEUTZ AG
Вас, и их компетентности относительно местного партнера по сервису или на фирме: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr двигателей и сервисных услуг. Но даже если их
компетентность не охватывает требующегося
D-51057 Köln
ru объема частей по определенному двигателю,

партнер ДОЙЦа всегда поможет Вам
Телефон: +49-221-822-0
Телефакс: +49-221-822-5304
компетентным советом. Телекс: 8812-0 khd d
ar Индекс постоянно актуализируется - запросите
у партнера ДОЙЦа новейшее издание.
http://www.deutz.de
pl Ваше АО ДОЙЦ
© 2000 6 ru
S1057
2012
0312 0836
1 ar © 2000
© 2000
S1057
de
en
fr
es
pt
it
nl
sv
da
fn
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 ar
S1057
de
en
fr
es
pt
it
nl
sv
da
fn
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
3 ar © 2000
S1057
de
en
fr
es
pt A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 31 823 0 © 31 488 0 © 26 332 3
fn
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 ar
S1057
de
en
fr
es
pt
it
nl
sv
da
fn
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
5 ar © 2000
S1057
de
en 0312 0806
fr
es
pt
it
nl
sv
da
fn
0312 0807
no
el DEUTZ AG
tr D-51057 Köln
ru 0049-221-822-0
0049-221-822-5304
ar 8812-0 khd d
http://www.deutz.de
pl
© 2000 6 ar
S1057
Lista czЂжci zamiennych
2012
PieczИtka handlowca
0312 0836
Numer silnika:
Prosimy wpisaН numer silnika. W ten sposЧb

uЄatwiacie Paƒstwo zaЄatwienie spraw serwisu,
napraw i czЂжci zamiennych.
W opisie i danych, zawartych w niniejszej Liжcie

czЂжci zamiennych zastrzegamy sobie prawo
wprowadzenia zmian technicznych koniecznych
do ulepszenia silnika. Przedruk i powielanie w
jakikolwiek sposЧb, takэe w postaci wyciИgЧw,
wymaga naszej pisemnej zgody.
1 pl © 2000
© /2000
0297 7547
S1057
Wprowadzenie
de
en Szanowny odbiorco, Elementy wymienione w niniejszej Liжcie czЂжci
zamiennych naleэy stosowaН jedynie do naprawy
fr chЄodzone cieczИ silniki marki DEUTZ zostaЄy
opracowane dla szerokiego zakresu zasto-
wymienionego szeregu konstrukcyjnego silnikЧw
marki Deutz (uэycie zgodnie z przeznaczeniem).
sowania. Bogata oferta rЧэnych wariantЧw SzczegЧЄowe informacje o prawidЄowej zabu-
es zapewnia moэliwoжН speЄnienia wymagaƒ
specjalnych w poszczegЧlnych przypadkach.
dowie czЂжci zamiennych zawiera instrukcja
eksploatacji (czynnoжci obsЄugi technicznej)
pt Wyposaэenie silnika zamЧwionego przez
oraz ksiИэka warsztatowa (prace remontowe).
Wykonawca nie przejmuje odpowiedzialnoжci za
Paƒstwo odpowiada przypadkowi okreжlonemu szkody i obraэenia osЧb powstaЄe w wyniku
it w zamЧwieniu, t.zn. nie wszystkie czЂжci
zamienne i czЂжci skЄadowe z niniejszej Listy
nieprzestrzegania odpowiednich instrukcji.
czЂжci zamiennych zostaЄy przedstawione w

nl Paƒstwa silniku.
sv Mimo, эe zaЄИczone rysunki nie zawierajИ wielu

szczegЧЄЧw, sИ Paƒstwo w stanie wyraРnie
rozrЧэniН poszczegЧlne warianty tak, эe
da znalezienie czЂжci zamiennych do Paƒstwa
konkretnego silnika nie sprawi trudnoжci.
Poszukiwana czЂжН zamienna moэe byН w
fn kaэdym przypadku bezbЄЂdnie znaleziona na
podstawie numeru pozycji, numeru pod-
no zespoЄu i numeru silnika.
Przy zamawianiu czЂжci zamiennych prosimy

el przestrzegaН naszych wskazЧwek do zamЧ-
wienia. Zapewni nam to moэliwoжН szybkiego i
niezawodnego dostarczenia potrzebnych czЂжci
tr zamiennych z kaэdorazowym uwzglЂdnieniem
ostatnio wprowadzonych zmian.
ru Na zapytania Paƒstwa udzielimy zawsze chЂtnie
odpowiedzi.
ar Z uszanowaniem
pl DEUTZ AG
© 2000 2 pl
S1057
Wprowadzenie
de
Silniki Diesla marki DEUTZ Oryginalne czЂжci zamienne CzЂжci zastЂpcze marki DEUTZ en
marki DEUTZ
fr
zostaЄy opracowane w wyniku wieloletnich podlegajИ tym samym surowym wymaganiom CzЂжci zastЂpcze marki DEUTZ
badaƒ i rozwoju. Zdobyte w wyniku tego solidne
know how stanowi w poЄИczeniu ze speЄnieniem
jakoжci, jak i silniki marki DEUTZ. W celu poprawy
jakoжci silnikЧw podlegajИ staЄemu rozwojowi
stanowiИ alternatywЂ korzystniejszИ
cenowo. Oczywiжcie obowiИzujИ
es
wysokich wymogЧw jakoжci gwarancjЂ produkcji
silnikЧw o dЄugiej эywotnoжci, wysokiej nie-
oczywiжcie takэe oryginalne czЂжci zamienne
marki DEUTZ. Tylko zastosowanie oryginalnych
tu, jak i w stosunku do elementЧw
nowych, najwyэsze wymagania pt
zawodnoжci i niskim zuэyciu paliwa. Oczywiжcie czЂжci zamiennych marki DEUTZ, wykonanych z jakoжciowe. CzЂжci zastЂpcze marki DEUTZ sИ co
zostaЄy takэe speЄnione wysokie wymagania
ochrony жrodowiska. Umwelt erfüllt werden.
wykorzystaniem najnowszej wiedzy, zapewnia
nienaganne dziaЄanie i wysokИ niezawodnoжН
do dziaЄania i jakoжci rЧwnowaэne oryginalnym
czЂжciom zamiennym marki DEUTZ.
it
pracy.
nl
sv
da
SERVIS еrodki ostroэnoжci przy
pracujИcym silniku
Azbest
fn
W przypadkach zakЄЧceƒ eksploatacyjnych oraz Czynnoжci obsЄugowe i naprawy naleэy wyko- Uszczelnienia zastosowane w tym
no
w sprawach czЂжci zamiennych prosimy zwrЧciН nywaН tylko przy zatrzymanym silniku. Ewen-
siЂ do jednego z naszych wЄaжciwych przed-
stawicielstw serwisowych. Nasi wyszkoleni
tualnie usuniЂty osprzЂt ochronny naleэy po
zakoƒczeniu prac ponownie zamontowaН.
silniku sИ wolne od azbestu. Do
prac obsЄugowych i napraw el
prosimy uэywaН odpowiednich
specjaliжci postarajИ siЂ w przypadkach usz-
kodzeƒ o szybkИ i fachowИ naprawЂ z uэyciem
Podczas prac przy pracujИcym silniku odzieэ
robocza powinna жciжle przylegaН do ciaЄa.
czЂжci zamiennych.
tr
oryginalnych czЂжci zamiennych marki DEUTZ. Silnik moэna tankowaН tylko po jego
zatrzymaniu. Silnik nie moэe w эadnym
przypadku pracowaН w zamkniЂtym
ru
pomieszczeniu – niebezpieczeƒstwo zatrucia.
ar
pl
3 pl © 2000
S1057
Opis silnika
de
en 1. Tabliczka firmowa 2. PoЄoэenie tabliczki firmowej 3. Numer silnika
fr
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da © 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Typ A, numer silnika B, jak i dane odnoжnie mocy Tabliczka firmowa C jest zamocowana na Numer silnika jest odciжniЂty na kadЄubie silnika
no zostaЄy odciжniЂte na tabliczce firmowej.
Przy zamawianiu czЂжci naleэy podaН typ i numer
kadЄubie silnika. oraz na tabliczce firmowej.
silnika.
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 pl
S1057
ZamЧwienie czЂжci zamiennych
de
Dane zamЧwieniowe en
ZamЧwienie czЂжci
Przy zamawianiu oryginalnych czЂжci zamien-
nych marki DEUTZ naleэy podaН nastЂpujИce zamiennych fr
dane:
Numer silnika: es
- Numer silnika (Motor-Nr.)
Nr Nr
- Numer identyfikacyjny (Ident-Nr.) porz. IloжН identyf. Uwagi PodzespЧЄ pt
- IloжН it
UkЄad dokumentacji nl
- Tabele zawierajИce rysunki czЂжci zamiennych
sИ uszeregowane wedЄug podzespoЄЧw silnlka. sv
- PodzespoЄy sИ zestawione w liжcie elementЧw
silnika.
da
- Numer identyfikacyjny (Ident-Nr.) 06/59 skЄada
siЂ z podzespoЄu (np. 06) i z pozycji (np. 59).
Pozycja
fn
Objaжnienia symboli
no
-06- Numer podzespoЄu (np. 06) el
000 Cyfra zmiany
tr
96 Numer strony (np. 96)
OdsyЄacz do strony z dalszym ciИgiem

ru
94 (np. 94)
ar
A Symbol poЄИczenia
- wystЂpuje zwykle w parze
(np. A-A, B-B, C-C itd.)
pl
5 pl © 2000
S1057
Servis
de
en Wiadomo, to jest DEUTZ. Numer zamЧwienia: 0312 0806
fr Z nazwИ DEUTZ kojarzy siЂ od dawna otwierajИcy

nowe horyzonty rozwЧj w dziedzinie budowy
silnikЧw. Jako niezaleэny wytwЧrca silnikЧw
es dostarczamy na caЄym жwiecie caЄИ gamЂ silni-
kЧw Diesla i silnikЧw gazowych o mocy od 4 do
7400 kW. Nasze wyroby odpowiadajИ dokЄadnie
pt wymaganiom naszych odbiorcЧw.
Na caЄym жwiecie wykonuje niezawodnie swoje
it zadanie ponad 1,4 miliona silnikЧw firmy DEUTZ.
Jesteжmy zainteresowani w utrzymaniu wysokiej
gotowoжci do pracy naszych silnikЧw, a tym
nl samym w utrzymaniu zadowolenia naszych
odbiorcЧw. Dlatego teэ jesteжmy
sv reprezentowani w caЄym жwiecie przez sieН
kompetentnych przedstawicieli, ktЧrych
gЂstoжН rozmieszczenia odpowiada
da regionalnemu rozmieszczeniu naszych silnikЧw.
Nazwa DEUTZ jest rЧwnoznaczna nie tylko z
fn pojЂciem silnikЧw o duchu wynalazczoжci. Oz-
nacza ona teэ kompletny pakiet жwiadczeƒ we
wszystkich dotyczИcych silnikЧw dziedzinach Numer zamЧwienia: (CD-ROM) 0312 0807
no oraz serwis, ktЧremu Paƒstwo mogИ zaufaН.
Wykaz Sales & Service zawiera przeglИd
el przedstawicielstw firmy DEUTZ w pobliэu
Paƒstwa, informacje o ich kompetencjach i Do nabycia poprzez Paƒstwa wЄaжciwe przed- DEUTZ AG
жwiadczeniach serwisowych. Takэe w przy- stawicielstwo serwisowe na miejscu albo pod Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr padkach, kiedy nie wymieniono wprost okre-
жlonych kompetencji, przedstawiciel firmy
adresem: D-51057 Köln
ru DEUTZ udzieli Paƒstwu kompetentnej porady.

Wykaz ten jest stale aktualizowany, prosimy
Telefon: 0049-221-822-0
Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
Telex: 8812-0 khd d
ar pytaН w przedstawicielstwach firmy DEUTZ o
najnowsze wydanie.
http://www.deutz.de
Z uszanowaniem DEUTZ AG
pl
© 2000 6 pl
S1057
Bildtafeln de
Illustrations en
Figures fr
Grabados es
Quadros de figuras pt
Tavole it
Afbeeldingen nl
Planscher sv
Illustrationer da
Bilder fn
Kuvat no
¢È·ÁÚ¿ÌÌ·Ù· el
sekiller tr
Иллюст ации ru
ar
Tabela z rysunkami pl
© 2000
Rechts 3
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
Ersatzteilliste de
Spare Parts Catalogue en
Catalogue de Pièces de Rechange fr
Lista de Piezas de Repuesto es
Lista de peças sobresselentes pt
Listino parti di ricambio it
Onderdelenlijst nl
Reservdelslista sv
Reservedelsliste da
Varaosaluettelo fn
Reservedelsliste no
K·Ù¿ÏoÁo˜ ·ÓÙ·ÏÏ·ÎÙÈÎÒÓ el
Yedek parça Listesi tr
Спиcок запаcных чаcтей ru
ar
Lista części zamiennych pl
Rechts 1
S1057
Ersatzteilliste
2012
Händlerstempel
0312 0836
Motornummer:
Bitte tragen Sie hier die Motornummer ein. Sie

erleichtern hierdurch die Abwicklung bei Kunden-
dienst-, Reparatur- und Ersatzteilfragen.
Gegenüber Darstellungen und Angaben dieser Er-

satzteilliste sind technische Änderungen, die zur
Verbesserung der Motoren notwendig werden,
vorbehalten. Nachdruck und Vervielfältigung jeg-
licher Art, auch auszugsweise, bedarf unserer
schriftlichen Genehmigung.
1 de © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Vorwort
de
en Sehr geehrter Kunde Die in dieser Ersatzteilliste aufgeführten Bauteile
sind nur für Reparatur von DEUTZ Motoren der
fr die flüssigkeitsgekühlten Motoren der Marke
DEUTZ sind für ein breites Anwendungsspektrum
bezeichneten Baureihe zu verwenden (bestim-
mungsgemäßer Gebrauch).
entwickelt. Dabei wird durch ein umfangreiches Über den fachgerechten Einbau von Ersatzteilen
es Angebot von Varianten sichergestellt, daß die je-
weiligen speziellen Anforderungen erfüllt werden.
informieren die Betriebsanleitung (Wartungs-
arbeiten) und das Werkstatthandbuch (Reparatur-
pt Ihr Motor ist dem Einbaufall entsprechend ausge-
arbeiten) ausführlich. Für Schäden oder Verletzun-
gen von Personen, die aus der Nichtbeachtung der
rüstet, das heißt nicht alle in dieser Ersatzteilliste entsprechenden Anleitung führen, übernimmt der
it dargestellten Bauteile und Komponenten sind an
Ihrem Motor dargestellt.
Hersteller keine Haftung.
nl Obwohl die Grafiken weitgehend nicht mit allen

Details dargestellt sind, können die einzelnen
sv Varianten deutlich unterschieden werden, so daß
das für Ihren Motor relevante Ersatzteil leicht
herauszufinden ist. Über Positions-, Baugruppen-
da und Motornummer wird in jedem Fall das richtige
Ersatzteil ermittelt.
fn Bitte beachten Sie bei dieser Ersatzteilbestellung

unsere Bestellhinweise, damit wir Ihnen schnell
no und zuverlässig die benötigten Ersatzteile in der
jeweils dem letzten Änderungsstand entsprechen-
den Ausführung liefern können.
el Für Ihre Rückfragen stehen wir Ihnen gerne
beratend zur Verfügung.
tr
ru Ihre
DEUTZ AG
ar
pl
© 2000 2 de
S1057
Vorwort
de
DEUTZ Dieselmotoren Original DEUTZ Teile DEUTZ Austauschkomponenten en
fr
sind das Produkt jahrelanger Forschung und Ent- unterliegen den gleichen strengen Qualitätsan- DEUTZ Austauschkomponenten sind
wicklung. Das dadurch gewonnene fundierte know
how in Verbindung mit hohen Qualitätsanfor-
forderungen wie die DEUTZ Motoren. Weiter-
entwicklungen, zur Verbesserung der Motoren
eine preiswerte Alternative. Selbst-
verständlich gelten auch hier wie
es
derungen ist die Garantie für die Herstellung von
Motoren mit langer Lebensdauer, hoher Zuverläs-
werden selbstverständlich auch bei den Original
DEUTZ Teilen eingeführt. Nur die Verwendung
für Neuteile höchste Qualitätsmaß-
stäbe. In Funktion und Zuverlässigkeit pt
sigkeit und geringem Kraftstoffverbrauch. Es ist von nach neuesten Erkenntnissen gefertigten sind DEUTZ Austauschkomponenten den Original
selbstverständlich, daß auch die hohen Anforde-
rungen zum Schutz der Umwelt erfüllt werden.
Original DEUTZ Teilen bietet die Gewähr einwand-
freier Funktion und hoher Zuverlässigkeit.
DEUTZ Teilen gleichwertig. it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Vorsicht bei laufendem Motor Asbest
fn
Wenden Sie sich bei Betriebsstörungen und Ersatz- Wartungsarbeiten oder Reparaturen nur bei abge- Bei diesem Motor verwendete
no
teilfragen an eine unserer zuständigen Service- stelltem Motor durchführen. Evtl. entfernte Schutz- Dichtungen sind asbestfrei. Bitte
Vertretungen. Unser geschultes Fachpersonal
sorgt im Schadensfall für eine schnelle und fach-
vorrichtungen nach Abschluß der Arbeiten wieder
montieren. Bei Arbeiten am laufenden Motor soll
verwenden Sie bei Wartungs- und
Reparaturarbeiten entsprechende
el
gerechte Instandsetzung unter Verwendung von
Original DEUTZ Teilen.
die Arbeitskleidung fest anliegen. Nur bei abge-
stelltem Motor tanken. Motor nie in geschlossenen
Ersatzteile.
tr
Räümen laufen lassen – Vergiftungsgefahr.
ru
ar
pl
3 de © 2000
S1057
Motorbeschreibung
de
en 1. Firmenschild 2. Lage des Firmenschild 3. Motornummer
fr
es
pt
A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Die Bauart A, die Motornummer B sowie die Das Firmenschild C ist am Kurbelgehäuse Die Motornummer ist auf dem Kurbelgehäuse
no Leistungsdaten sind auf dem Firmenschild ein-
gestempelt.
befestigt. sowie auf dem Firmenschild eingestempelt.
Bei der Ersatzteilbeschaffung müssen Bauart und

el Motornummer angegeben werden.
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 de
S1057
Ersatzteilbestellung
de
Bestellangaben en
Bei der Bestellung von Original DEUTZ Teilen sind
folgende Angaben erforderlich:
Ersatzteilbestellung fr
- Motor-Nr. Motor-Nr.: es
- Ident-Nr. Lfd. Nr. Stück Ident-Nr. Bemerkung Baugruppe pt
- Stückzahl
it
Dokumentationsaufbau
nl
- Die Bildtafeln dieser Ersatzteilliste sind nach
Motor-Baugruppen sortiert. sv
- Die Baugruppen sind in der Motorübersicht
aufgeführt. da
- Die Ident-Nr. 06/59 besteht aus Baugruppe
(z.B. 06) und Position (z.B. 59).
Position
fn
Symbolerklärungen
no
-06- Baugruppennummer (z.B. 06) el
000 Änderungsziffer (z.B. 000)
tr
96 Seitennummer (z.B. 96)
Querverweiß auf Fortsetzungsseite

ru
94 (z.B. 94)
ar
A Anschlußsymbol
- tritt immer mindestens paarweise auf
(z.B. A-A, B-B, C-C etc.)
pl
5 de © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Zu wissen, es ist DEUTZ. Bestell-Nr.: 0312 0806
fr Seit jeher steht DEUTZ für bahnbrechende Ent-

wicklungen im Motorenbau. Als unabhängiger
Motorenhersteller bieten wir weltweit eine kom-
es plette Palette von Diesel- und Gasmotoren im
Leistungsbereich von 4 bis 7.400 kW an. Unsere
pt Produkte sind auf die Anforderungen unserer
Kunden perfekt zugeschnitten.
it Weltweit verrichten mehr als 1,4 Millionen DEUTZ

Motoren zuverlässig ihren Dienst. Die Einsatz-
bereitschaft unserer Motoren und damit die
nl Zufriedenheit unserer Kunden wollen wir erhalten.
Daher sind wir weltweit mit einem Netz von
sv kompetenten Partnern vertreten, dessen Dichte der
regionalen Verteilung unserer Motoren entspricht.
da So ist DEUTZ nicht nur der Name für Motoren mit

Erfindungsgeist. Sondern auch für ein komplettes
Leistungspaket rund um den Motor und einen
fn Service, auf den Sie sich verlassen können.
Bestell-Nr.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no Das Register Sales & Service bietet Ihnen einen
Überblick über die DEUTZ Partner in ihrer Nähe,
über deren Produkt-Zuständigkeiten und Service-
el Leistungen. Aber auch wenn keine direkte Produkt-
Zuständigkeit vermerkt ist, hilft Ihnen der DEUTZ Beziehbar über Ihren zuständigen Service-Partner DEUTZ AG
Partner mit kompetenter Beratung weiter. vor Ort oder bei: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr Das Register wird permanent aktualisiert; fragen
D-51057 Köln
ru Sie Ihren DEUTZ Partner nach der neuesten

Auflage.
Telefon: 0049-221-822-0
Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
Telex: 8812-0 khd d
ar Ihre DEUTZ AG
http://www.deutz.de
pl
© 2000 6 de
S1057
Spare Parts Catalogue
2012
Dealer’s stamp
0312 0836
Engine
Serial No.:
Please enter here the serial No. of your engine. This

will facilitate dealing with your questions
concerning after-sales service, repair and spare
parts.
This Spare Parts Catalogue is subject to enginee-

ring changes necessary for engine advancement.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may
be reproduced or multiplied in any form, without
our prior permission in writing.
1 en © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Preface
de
en Dear Customer The parts contained in this Catalogue are type-
specific and shall be used only for repairing
fr liquid DEUTZ diesel engines are developed to meet
the requirements of a wide range of applications.
engines belonging to the DEUTZ engine family
on the cover).
An extensive program of variant options gives them Full particulars for the correct installation of parts
es their high flexibility. are to be found in the relevant Operating
(maintenance work) and Workshop Manual
pt Your engine is custom-made, i.e. specifically equip-
ped for your requirement, which means that not all
(repair). The engine builder shall not be liable
for any damage or injury resulting from non-
of the components and assemblies contained in compliance with guidelines given in the manual.
it this Catalogue are fitted to your engine.
The greater part of the illustrations does not depict

nl all details, and yet you will find it easy to differentia-
te between versions and thus to identify the parts
sv pertaining to your engine model. Fig. Item No.,
Assembly Group No. Engine Serial No. are the
codes that infallibly lead to selection of the correct
da parts.
When placing your order, please observe our

fn ordering hints. This allow speedy and reliable
delivery of the required parts that are based on
no latest engineering standards.
If there are any questions, please do not hesitate to

el contact us.
tr Sincerely,
DEUTZ AG
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 en
S1057
Preface
de
DEUTZ Diesel Engines Genuine DEUTZ Parts DEUTZ Exchange Components en
fr
are products based on long-standing research and are subject to equally stringent quality require- are a cheap alternative. Of course,
development The deep funds of acquired know-
how in conjunction with high quality requirements
ments as the engines themselves. Improvements
in engine design certainly also pass into the
they are subject to the same high
quality requirements as new parts.
es
guarantee that engines leaving our works achieve a
long life, high reliability and excellent fuel eco-
genuine DEUTZ parts. To ensure that your engine
will retain its functions and high reliability, you
And as regards functions and
reliability, DEUTZ exchange components equal pt
nomy. Naturally, they also attain best ratings as should use genuine DEUTZ parts only. genuine DEUTZ parts.
regards environmental protection. it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Beware of the Running Engine Asbestos
fn
In case of operational trouble with your equip- Be sure to shut down the engine before performing Gaskets used for this engine do not
no
ment or queries about spare parts please turn to maintenance or repair work. After repair, put back contain asbestos. Olease use suit-
your nearest service dealership. Our skilled staff of
service exoerts will trace and remedy any defect
in place any removed panels and guards. When
doing work on the running engine, working clothes
able spare parts when carrying out
maintenance and repair work.
el
quickly, using genuine DEUTZ parts. should fit tightly so that loose ends cannot get
caught. Do not run the engine in enclosed rooms tr
– poison hazard.
ru
ar
pl
3 en © 2000
S1057
Description of Engine
de
en 1. Maker’s Nameplate 2. Position of Nameplate 3. Engine Serial No.
fr
es
pt A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Engine model designation A, Engine Ser. No. B The nameplate C is attached to the crankcase. The engine serial No. is stamped on the crankcase
no and the power rating are given on the maker’s
nameplate.
and also on nameplate..
Be sure to state engine model and engine serial

el number when writing out a parts order.
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 en
S1057
Ordering spare parts
de
Order information en
Please specify the following information when
ordering original DEUTZ parts:
Ordering spare parts fr
- Engine no. Engine no.: es
- Ident no. Item Qty. Ident. no. Comments Assembly group pt
- Quantity
it
Document structure
nl
- The picture diagrams in this spare list are sorted
according to engine assembly groups. sv
- The assemblies are listed in the engine
overview. da
- The ident no. 06/59 is made up of the assembly
group (e.g. 06) and item number (e.g. 59).
Item number
fn
Explanation of symbols
no
-06- assembly No. (e.g. 06) el
000 revision level (e.g. 000)
tr
96 page number (e.g. 96)
cross reference on continuation page

ru
94 (e.g. 94)
ar
A A connection symbol
- always occurs at least in pairs
(z.B. A-A, B-B, C-C etc.)
pl
5 en © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Knowing it’s DEUTZ Order-No.: 0312 0806
fr DEUTZ has always stood for excellence in motor

construction, pioneering many developments in
the industry. As an independent motor manu-
es facturer, we offer — worldwide — a com-
prehensive range of diesel and gas motors
pt spanning from 4kW to 7,400kW. Our products are
perfectly tailored to meet our customers’ individual
requirements.
it Over 1.4 million DEUTZ motors do their job reliably
all over the world. We are determined to
nl preserve the high standard of performance and
dependability of our motors, thus keeping our
sv customers satisfied at all times. Therefore we are
represented worldwide through a network of highly
competent service partners who will meet the
da needs of our customers, wherever they are.
This is why DEUTZ is not only the name for motors

fn which pack a lot of inventive genius. DEUTZ also
means reliable service and comprehensive support Order-No.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no to enhance your motor’s performance.
This index Sales & Service offers you an overview

el of the DEUTZ partners in your vicinity, including the
products for which they are responsible and the Obtainable from the local service Partner reponsible DEUTZ AG
range of services provided. But even when no direct for you or from: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr product responsibility is mentioned, your DEUTZ
partner will be happy to help you with expert advice.
D-51057 Köln
ru The Index is constantly updated. Please ask your

Phone: 0049-221-822-0
Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
DEUTZ service partner for the latest edition. Telex: 8812-0 khd d
DEUTZ AG — at your service.

pl
© 2000 6 en
S1057
Catalogue de Pièces de Rechange
2012
Cachet du concessionnaire
0312 0836
Numéro
du moteur:
Veuillez incrire dans les cases correspondantes

le numéro du moteur. Vous facilitez ainsi le
règlement des questions du Service après-vente
ainsi que tous les problèmes de réparation et
de pièces de rechange.
Nous nous réservons le droit dans le présent

Manuel, de procéder à toutes modifications
techniques utiles visant à améliorer la qualité des
moteurs. Toute réimpression ou reproduction du
présent Manual, faite même à titre exceptionnel,
exige notre autorisation spéciale.
1 fr © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Avant-propos
de
en Cher client, Le présent Catalogue des pièces de rechange
énumère les composants à utiliser uniquement
fr les moteurs refroidis par liquide de la marque
DEUTZ ont été développés pour les applications les
à des fins de réparation pour moteurs Diesel de
la série indiquée (utilisation spécifique).
plus variées. Il existe un grand choix de variantes Les Instructions de service (travaux d’entretien)
es répondant aux exigences spéciales demandées
dans chaque cas.
et le Manuel d’atelier (travaux de réparation)
apportent de plus amples informations sur le mon-
pt Votre moteur est équipé pour les cas d’application
tage approprié des pièces. Le fabricant décline
toute responsabilité découlant de dommages ou de
envisagée, ce qui signifie que toutes les pièces et blessures aux personnes résultant du non-respect
it composants représentés dans votre Catalogue de
pièces de rechange ne sont pas montés sur votre
des présentes instructions.
moteur.
nl Bien que les graphiques ne représentant pas tous
sv les détails, les variantes se distinguent nettement
les unes des autres, si bien que vous trouverez sans
problème la pièce de rechange correspondant à
da votre moteur. Les numéros de référence, de
l’organe et du moteur permettent en tout cas de
retrouver la pièce de rechange que vous cherchez.
fn Lors de votre commande de pièces de rechange
no veuillez respecter nos indications de commande,
afin que nous puissons vous fournir rapidement
et sûrement les pièces de rechange demandées
el dans la version correspondante réactualisée.
Pour toutes questions complémentaires nous

tr restrons à votre endière disposition.
ru DEUTZ AG
ar
pl
© 2000 2 fr
S1057
Avant-propos
de
Les moteurs Diesel DEUTZ Pièces de rechange DEUTZ Composants de rechange DEUTZ en
fr
sont le fruit de longues recherches et d’un Elles sonts soumises aux même niveau d’exigence Les composants de rechange
développment continu. Le solide savoir-faire ainsi
acquis conjugué à des exigences élevées en
de qualité que les moteurs DEUTZ. Toute progrès
visant à améliorer les moteurs est naturellement
DEUTZ sont une alternative. Lá
aussi, de même que pour les
es
matière de qualité est la garantie de fabrication
de moteurs à longue durée de vie, haute, fiabilité
immédiatement adpotée pour les pièces de
d’orgine DEUTZ. Seule l’utilisation de pièces de
pièces neuves, on applique des
normes de qualité élevées. Du pt
et faible consommation en combustible. Il va de soi d’origine DEUTZ d’origine fabriquées selon des point de vue fonction nement et fiabilité les
que les moteurs doivent aussi respecter des
exigences élevées en matiére de protection de
méthodes ultramodernes garantit un fonction-
nement irréprochable et une haute fiabilité.
composants de rechange DEUTZ sont équivalents
aux pièces de rechange DEUTZ.
it
l’environnement.
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Précaution à prendre quand
le moteur marche Amiante fn
En cas de panne d’exploitation et pour toute ques- N’effectuer les travaux d’entretien ou les répara-
Les rondelles d’étanchéité utili-
sées pour ces moteurs sont
no
tion relative à des pièces de rechange veuillez vous tions qu’à l’arrêt du moteur. A la fin des travaux exemptes d’amiante. Veuillez em-
adresser à notre point de service responsable pour
votre secteur. Notre personnel qualifié et averti
penser à remonter les dispositifs de protection
ayant été déposés. Lors de travaux à faire sur le
ployer, lors des travaux dèntretien
et de réparation, les pièces de
el
assure une remise en état rapide et appropriée de
votre moteur en n’utilisant que des piéces d’origine
moteur en marche, les vêtements de travail
doivent bien coller au corps. Ne faire le plein que
rechange correspondantes.
tr
DEUTZ. lorsque le moteur est arrêté. Ne jamais faire
fonctionner les moteurs dans des locaux fermes.
Danger d’asphyxie!
ru
ar
pl
3 fr © 2000
S1057
Description du moteur
de
en 1. Plaque du constructeur 2. Emplacement de la plaque 3. Numéro du moteur
fr du constructeur
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da © 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Le type A, le numéro du moteur B ainsi que les La plaque du constructeur C est fixée sur le bloc Le numéro du moteur se trouve gravé sur le
no indications de puissance sont gravés sur la
plaque du constructeur.
moteur. bloc moteur et figure aussi sur la plaque du
constructeur.
Pour toute commande de pièce de rechange, veuil-
el lez indiquer le type et le numéro du moteur.
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 fr
S1057
Commande de pièces de rechange
de
Indications de commande en
Commande de pièce
Lors d’une commande de pièces détachées
originales de DEUTZ, il est nécessaire de fournir déatachée fr
les indication:
N° de moteur es
- n° de moteur
Nom- N° d’identi-
- n° d’identification
N° bre fication Observation numéro de groupe pt
- nombre it
Structure de la documentation
nl
- Les tableaux illustrés de cette liste de pièces
détachées sont classés par groupe de moteur. sv
- Les groupes constitutifs figurent dans
récapitulatif moteur moteur. da
- Le n° d’identification 06/59 est constitué
du n° de groupe (p.ex. 06) et du n° de position
position
fn
(p.ex. 59).
Symbolerklärungen
no
-06- Numéro de groupe constitutif (p. ex. 06) el
000 Indice de modification (p. ex. 000)
tr
96 Numéro de page (p. ex. 96)
94 Renvoi à la page (p. ex. 94)

ru
A Symbol d’assemblage ar
- se présente toujours par paire
(p. ex. A-A, B-B, C-C)
pl
5 fr © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Qu’on se le dise: c’est du DEUTZ! Référence de commande: 0312 0806
fr DEUTZ est depuis toujours synonyme d’innovation

dans le domaine de la construction de moteurs.
C’est un fabricant indépendant qui offre une
es gamme complète de moteurs diesel et à gaz d’une
puissance de 4 à 7 400 kW sur l’ensemble de la
pt planète. Nous fournissons des produits parfai-
tement adaptés aux exigences de nos clients.
it Aujourd’hui, plus de 1,4 million de moteurs DEUTZ

tournent dans le monde entier. Notre double
objectif est d’assurer la fiabilité de nos moteurs et
nl de garantir la satisfaction de nos clients. C’est
pourquoi nous sommes représentés aux quatre
coins de la planète par un réseau de partenaires
sv compétents qui correspond à la répartition
régionale de nos moteurs.
da DEUTZ, ce n’est donc pas seulement une marque
innovatrice de moteurs. C’est aussi une gamme
fn complète de services autour du moteur, c’est aussi
un nom sur lequel vous pouvez toujours compter.
Référence de commande: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no Le registre Sales & Service vous donne un aperçu
des partenaires DEUTZ les plus proches, de leurs
compétences techniques et des services qu’ils
el vous offrent. Et même s’il n’est pas directement
spécialisé dans le produit qui vous intéresse, votre Peut être commandé en vous adressant à votre DEUTZ AG
partenaire DEUTZ pourra vous conseiller avec partenaire service local ou auprès de: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr compétence. D-51057 Köln
Le registre est constamment actualisé. N’hésitez
ru pas à demander la dernière version en date à votre
partenaire DEUTZ.
Téléphone: 0049-221-822-0
Téléfax: 0049-221-822-5304
Téléx: 8812-0 khd d
Votre DEUTZ AG
pl
© 2000 6 fr
S1057
Lista de Piezas de Repuesto
2012
Sello del distribuidor
0312 0836
No. de motor:
Sírvase registrar en estas casillas el No. de motor.

Así facilita la tramitación de cuestiones de servicio
postventa, reparaciones y repuestos.
Nos reservamos el derecho de efectuar, frente a las

representaciones e indicaciones de esta Lista de
repuestos, las modificaciones técnicas necesarias
para perfeccionar los motores. Para la reimpresión
y reproducción en cualquier forma, también en la
de extractos, se require nuestra autorización por
escrito.
1 es © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Prefacio
de
en Estimado cliente: Los componentes indicados en esta lista de
repuestos se emplearán exclusivamente para la
fr Los motores de la marqua DEUTZ con enfriamiento
por líquido han desarrollado para una amplia gama
reparación de motores Deutz de la serie indicada
(uso conforme a la finalidad).
de aplicaciones. Una extensa oferta de variantes Respecto al correcto montaje de los repuestos,
es garantiza que se cumplen las exigencias especiales
de cada caso.
véanse los manuales de instrucciones de manejo
(trabajos de mantenimiento) y el manual de
pt Su motor se ha equipado de acuerdo con el respec-
taller (trabajos de reparación). El fabricante no
responderá por daños o lesiones de personas
tivo caso de equipo, o sea que no están montados resultantes de la inobservancia de la instrucción
it en el motor de Ud. todos las partes constructivas
y componentes representados en su Lista de
correspondiente.
repuestos.
nl Pese a que la mayoría de los gráficos no contiene
sv todos los detalles, se pueden distinguir bien las
diferentes variantes de modo que resulta fácil
identificar el repuesto correspondiente a su motor.
da E repuesto correcto para cada caso se determina a
través de los números de posición, de grupo
constructivo y de motor.
fn Le rogamos tenga en cuenta nuestras indicaciones
no al confeccionar su pedido de repuestos para que le
podamos suministrar rápida y seguramente los
repuestos requeridos en la ejecución de acuerdo
el con el último estado de modificación.
En caso de dudas, estamos gustosamente a su

tr disposición para asesorarle.
ru DEUTZ AG
ar
pl
© 2000 2 es
S1057
Prefacio
de
Motores diesel DEUTZ Repuestos DEUTZ Componentes reacondicionados DEUTZ en
fr
son el producto de trabajos de investigación y de- están sometidos a las mismas severas exigencias Componentes reacondiconados
sarrollo de largos años. El fundado know how así
logrado conjuntamente con altas exigencias de ca-
respecto a la calidad que los motores DEUTZ.
Desarrollos ulteriores para perfeccionar los
DEUTZ constituyen una alterna-
tiva económica frente a repuestos
es
lidad es la garantía para la fabricación de motores
de larga duración, gran fiabilidad y bajo consumo
motores son introducidos desde luego también
en los repuestos DEUTZ. Sólo el emplo de
originales DEUTZ.
Naturalmente rigen también aquí, pt
de combustible. Se sobreentiende que se cumplen repuestos DEUTZ originales farbricados según igual que para piezas nuevas, elevadísimas ex-
también las elevadas exigencias para le protección
del ambiente.
los conocimientos más recientes garantiza un
funcionamiento impecable y alta fiabilidad.
igencias de calidad. Los repuestos reacondiciona-
dos DEUTZ equivalen a los repuestos originales
it
DEUTZ en cuanto a funcionamiento y fiabilidad.
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Atención a motor en marcha Amianto
fn
En caso de anomalías en el funcionamiento y Realizar trabajos de mantenimiento o reparación Las juntas utilizadas en este motor
no
cuestiones de repuestos, sírvase dirigirse a uno únicamente a motor parado. Remontar una vez son exentas de amianto (asbesto).
de nuestros Servicíos Oficioles. Nuestro personal
especializado y entrenado se ocupará de subsanar
terminados los trabajos los dispositivos de protec-
ción quitados eventualmente. En caso de que se
Para trabajos de mantenimiento
y reparacion sírvase utilizar los
el
efecientemente y con rapidez cualquier desper-
fecto, utilizando repuestos originales DEUTZ.
tengan que efectuar trabajos en el motor en
marcha, la ropa de trabajo debe tocar al cuerpo para
repuestos correspondientes.
tr
evitar accidentes. Hacer el repostado sólo a motor
parado. No hacer funcionar nunca el motor en lo-
cales cerrados – peligro de intoxicación.
ru
ar
pl
3 es © 2000
S1057
Descripción del motor
de
en 1. Placa del fabricante 2. Situación de la placa del fabricante 3. No. de motor
fr
es
pt A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
El tipo A, el No. de motor B así como los datos de La placa del fabricante C va fijada en el cárter. El No. de motor va estampado en el cárter y en la
no potencia van estampados en la placa del fabri-
cante. El tipo y el No. de motor se han de indicar
placa del fabricante.
en los pedidos de repuestos.

el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 es
S1057
Pedido de repuestos
de
Indicaciones para el pedido: en
Al solicitar piezas originales de DEUTZ será
necesario indicar los siguientes datos:
Pedido de repuestos fr
- Nº de Motor: Nº de Motor: es
N° de
- Nº de identificatión N° Pos. Cant. ident. Anotación: Groupo de construcción pt
- Cantidad de piezas
it
Estructuración de la documentación
- Las tablas con las ilustraciones de dichas piezas
nl
de repuesto están clasificadas de acuerdo con el
grupo constructivo de los motores. sv
- Los grupos constructivos se indican en el
resumen correspondiente del motor.
da
- El Nº de identificación 06/59 consta del grupo
(v.g. 06) y de la posición (v.g. 59).
Posición
fn
Leyenda
no
-06- número del grupo constructivo (z.B. 06) el
000 índice de modificación (z.B. 000)
tr
96 número de página (p.ej. 96)
referencia recíproca a la página de

ru
94 continuación (p.ej. 94)
ar
A símbolo de enlace
- aparece siempre, por lo menos, como
pareja (p.ej. A-A, B-B, C-C, etc.)
pl
5 es © 2000
S1057
Servicio
de
en La confianza de saber que es DEUTZ No. Pedito: 0312 0806
fr DEUTZ siempre ha estado a la vanguardia de la

industria de fabricación de motores. Como marca
independiente, ofrecemos, a escala mundial, una
es gama muy completa de motores diesel y de gas,
con potencias comprendidas entre 4kW y 7400kW.
Nuestros productos están estudiados para
pt satisfacer plenamente las exigencias de nuestros
clientes.
it Más de 1.400.000 motores DEUTZ funcionan con

toda fiabilidad en distintas partes del mundo.
Estamos resueltos a mantener las elevadas pres-
nl taciones de nuestros motores y, por consiguiente,
la confianza y satisfacción de nuestros clientes. Por
ello, contamos con una red mundial de centros de
sv asitencia, cuya densidad corresponde a la
distribución de motores en las distintas regiones.
da Así pues, DEUTZ no es tan sólo el nombre de un
motor fruto del genio creador. DEUTZ también
significa un paquete de servicios de apoyo para
fn garantizar un funcionamiento óptimo del motor y
una asistencia técnica en la que puede Ud. confiar. No. Pedito: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no El registro Sales & Service le ofrece una panorá-
mica de los centros DEUTZ en su zona geográfica,
el detallando, en particular, los productos de los que
se ocupa cada centro y la gama de servicios dispo-
nibles. Pero incluso cuando no se mencione un Obtenible a través de su servicio local corres- DEUTZ AG
tr producto determinado, puede Ud. estar seguro que
su centro de asistencia DEUTZ tendrá mucho gusto
pondiente o de: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
D-51057 Köln
en asesorarle y ayudarle en todo lo que pueda.
ru El registro se actualiza periódicamente. No dude
Téléfono: 0049-221-822-0
Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
en solicitar la última edición a su centro de Telex: 8812-0 khd d
ar asistencia DEUTZ. http://www.deutz.de
DEUTZ AG
pl A su servicio.
© 2000 6 es
S1057
Lista de peças sobresselentes
2012
Carimbo do vendedor
0312 0836
Número
do motor:
Inscreva aqui, por favor, o número do motor.

Facilitará, com isso, o andamento das questões
relacionadas com a assistência técnica, repa-
rações e peças sobresselentes.
Reservamo-nos o direito proceder a alterações

de ordem técnica na representação e nos dados
desta lista de peças sobresselentes que se tornem
neces-sárias para o aperfeiçoamento dos motores.
Toda e qualquer reimpressão e reprodução,
mesmo só em parte, requere a nossa autorização
por escrito.
1 pt © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Prefácio
de
en Prezado cliente: As peças e partes componentes relacionadas nesta
lista de peças sobresselentes serão utilizadas
fr Os motores refrigerados à agua DEUTZ foram
desenvolvidos para um espectro de aplicação
(uso a que se destinam) somente para a reparação
de motores Deutz da série designada.
vasto. Assegura-se ao mesmo tempo um O manual de instruções de serviço (trabalhos de
es atendimento das exigências particulares corres-
pondentes através da ampla oferta de variantes.
manutenção) e o manual de oficina (trabalhos de
reparação) proporcionam informações pormeno-
pt O Seu motor encontra-se equipado de acordo com o
rizadas quanto à montagem tecnicamente correcta
de peças sobresselentes. O fabricante não assume
caso de montagem, isto é, não estão embutidas no qualquer responsabilidade por danos ou lesões
it mesmo todas as peçass e partes componentes
representadas na Sua lista de peças sobresselentes.
pessoais resultantes da inobservãncia das
instruções correspondetes.
nl Embora os gráficos não se encontrem amplamente

representados com todos os pormenores, é possível
sv distinguir claramente cada uma das variantes, de
forma a encontrar-se facilmente a peça sobresse-
lente de importância para o Seu motor. A devida peça
da sobresselente é localizável em qualquer caso pelos
números do item, do grupo constructivo e do motor.
fn Quando do pedido de encomenda de peças sobres-

selentes queira, por favor, observar as nossas
no instruções para encomenda, a fim de podermos
fornecer-lhe rápida e seguramente as peças
sobresselentes requeridas de acordo com o tipo
el correspondente à última alteração actualizada.
Encontramo-nos com prazer a Sua disposição para

tr um aconselhamento no caso de quaisquer pedidos
de informação que nos dirigir.
ru
A Sua
ar DEUTZ
pl
© 2000 2 pt
S1057
Prefácio
de
Os motores diesel DEUTZ Peças e partes originais Peças e partes componentes en
substituíveis DEUTZ
fr
são produto de longos anos de pesquisas e desen- estão sujeitasàs mesmas exigências severas de As peças e as partes componentes
volvimento. O „know how“ consolidado assim ad-
quirido constitui, aliado às grandes axigências de
qualidade para os motores DEUTZ. Naturalmente
que se introduzem aperfeiçoamentos também nas
substituíveis DEUTZ são uma alter-
nativa económica para as peças
es
qualidade, a garantia para a fabricação de motores
com uma vida útil longa e um consumo reduzido
peças e partes originais para o melhora-mento
dos motores. Somente o emprego de peças e
sobresselentes originais DEUTZ.
Naturalmente que vigoram aqui, pt
de combustível. É compreensível que se deva partes originais fabricadas de acordo com os con- também, como para as peças novas, os padrões
obedecer também aos elevados requisitos de pre-
servação do meio ambiente.
hecimentos mais modernos poderá garantir um
funcionamento perfeito e elevada confiabilidade.
mais elevados de qualidade.
As peças e partes componentes substituíveis
it
DEUTZ são equivalentes na sua função e confiabili-
dade às peças sobresselentes DEUTZ. nl
sv
da
SERVICE Precaução com o motor em Amianto
funcionamento
fn
No caso da acorréncia de uma avaria operacional e Proceder aos trabalhos de manutenção e às repa- As vedações utilizadas neste
no
de possíveis consultas relacionadas com peças e rações apenas com o motor parado. Após termina- motor encontram-se isentas de
partes sobressalentes, queira dirigir-se a uma das
nossas representantes autorizadas do Service. O
dos os trabalhos haverá que montar de novo os di-
spositivos protectores eventulamente removidos.
amianto. Empregue, por favor, as
correspendentes peças e partes
el
nosso pessoal especialízado e bem treinado procu-
rara, em caso de uma avaria, proceder a uma repa-
No caso de trabalhos com o motor em funciona-
mento, a roupa de trabalho deverá estar bem aju-
sobressalentes quando dos trabal-
hos de manutenção e conserto. tr
ração rápida e tecnicamente eficiente, empregando stada ao corpo. Nunca se deverá deixar o motor a
peças e partes originais. trabalhar num recinto fechado, porque existe o pe-
rigo de intoxicação.
ru
ar
pl
3 pt © 2000
S1057
Descrição do motor
de
en 1. Placa do fabricante 2. Localização da placa do fabricante 3. Número de motor
fr
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
O modelo A, o número do motor B e os dados de po- A placa do fabricante C encontra-se fixada ao O número do motor encontra-se gravado no cárter
no tência encontram-se gravados na placa do fabri-
cante. Quando da aquisição de peças sobres-
cárter. e na placa do fabricante.
selentes deverão ser indicados o modelo e o

el número do motor.
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 pt
S1057
Encomenda de peças sobressalentes
de
Dados necessários para a encomenda: en
Encomenda de peças
Para encomendar as peças originais DEUTZ é
necessário indicar os seguintes dados: sobressalentes fr
- Nº do motor Nº do motor es
Nº de
- Nº de identificação Num. peças Nº - ident. Observações Módulo pt
- Nº de peças
Organização dos documentos

it
- As figuras representativas das peças sobres- nl
salentes estão agrupadas pelos módulos do
motor. sv
- Os elementos comostos são aprentados na
vista de conjunto do motor. da
- O Nº de identifiçao 06/59 é formado a partir do
número do módulo (por ex. 06) e da posição
Posição
fn
(por ex. 59):
Explicação dos símbolos

no
-06- Número dos elemento (p.ex. 06) el
000 Algarismo de mudança (p.ex. 000)
tr
96 Número de página (p.ex. 96)
Indicação transversal referente à página

ru
94 de continuação (p.ex. 94)
ar
A Símbolo de ligação
- introduzir sempre, no mínímo, em pares
(p.ex. A-A, B-B, C-C etc.)
pl
5 pt © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en A saber, é a DEUTZ. Nº de encomenda: 0312 0806
fr Desde sempre que a DEUTZ é responsável por

progressos revolucionários na construção de
motores. Como fabricante de motores indepen-
es dente oferecemos em todo o mundo uma completa
paleta de motores a Diesel e a gás numa gama de
pt potência de 4 a 7.400 kW. Os nossos produtos são
perfeitamente cortados à medida exacta das
exigências dos nossos clientes.
it Em todo o mundo mais de 1,4 milhões de motores
DEUTZ executam o seu serviço com segurança.
nl Queremos conservar a disponibilidade de aplicação
dos nossos motores e com ela a satisfação dos
sv nossos clientes. É por isso que estamos
representados em todo o mundo com uma rede de
associados competentes cuja consistência corresponde
da à distribuição regional dos nossos motores.
Deste modo, DEUTZ é não só o nome de motores com

fn espírito inventivo, como também de um completo
conjunto de serviços relacionados com o motor e de Nº de encomenda: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no uma assistência técnica na qual você pode confiar.
O catálogo Sales & Service oferece-lhe um

el panorama sobre o associado da DEUTZ mais perto
de si, acerca das suas competências de produtos e A adquirir directamente no seu serviço de DEUTZ AG
da prestação de assistência técnica. Mas também assistência técnica ou na: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr quando não se observa nenhuma competência
directa de produtos, o associado da DEUTZ continua
D-51057 Köln
ru a ajudá-lo com um aconselhamento competente. Telefone: 0049-221-822-0

Fax: 0049-221-822-5304
O catálogo é permanentemente actualizado; peça Telex: 8812-0 khd d
ar ao seu associado da DEUTZ a edição mais recente. http://www.deutz.de
A sua Deutz AG
pl
© 2000 6 pt
S1057
Listino parti di ricambio
2012
Timbro del concessionario
0312 0836
Numero del
motore:
Voglia annotare qui il numero del motore. In questo

modo faciliterà il disbrigo in caso di questioni
relative all’assistenza tecnica, alla riparazione ed
ai pezzi di ricambio.
Rispetto all’illustrazione ed alle indicazioni di

questa lista dei pezzi di ricambio, ci si riserva
quelle modifiche tecniche che sono necessarie
per migliorare i motori. Per la ristampa e la
riproduzione di qualsiasi tipo è necessaria la
nostra autorizzazione scritta.
1 it © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Prefazione
de
en Egregio cliente, I componenti elencati in questa lista di pezzi di
ricambio devono essere utilizzati soltanto per la
fr i motori DEUTZ raffreddati ad agua sono stati svi-
luppati per un ampio spettro d’uso. Grazie ad una
riparazione di motori Deutz della serie denominata
(uso conforme alla destinazione).
vasta offerta di varianti viene garantito che verrà Il libretto di istruzioni (lavori di manutenzione) ed
es fatto fronte alle rispettive esigenze particolari. il manuale per officine (lavori di riparazione)
forniranno delucidazioni dettagliate sul montaggio
pt Il Suo motore è allestito secondo lo specifico caso
di montaggio, vale a dire che non tutti gli elementi
corretto dei pezzi di ricambio. Il fabbricante non si
assume nessuna responsabilità per danni o lesioni
ed i componenti illustrati nel Suo listino dei pezzi di a persone dovuti all’inosservanza delle relative
it ricambio sono integrati nel Suo motore. istruzioni.
Nonostante i grafici non siano illustrati con tutti i

nl dettagli, si possono distinguere chiaramente le
singole varianti, così che è facile trovare con facilità
sv il pezzo di ricam-bio importante per il Suo motore.
In ogni caso verrà rilevato il pezzo di ricambio
giusto tramite numero di posizione, di gruppo di
da assemblaggio e di motore.
Per l’ordinazione di pezzi di ricambio voglia osserva-

fn re le nostre indicazioni per l’ordinazione al fine di
permetterci di fornirle in modo celere e sicuro i
no pezzi di ricambio necessari nella relativa versione,
conforme all’ultima modifica.
el Siamo a Vs. completa disposizione per eventuali

chiarimenti.
tr Sua
ru DEUTZ AG
ar
pl
© 2000 2 it
S1057
Prefazione
de
I motori Diesel DEUTZ I pezzi di ricambio DEUTZ Componenti intercambiali DEUTZ en
fr
sono il prodotto di numerosi anni di ricerca e sono soggetti alle stesse severe esigenze quali- I componenti intercambiabili DEUTZ
sviluppo. Il solido know how così ottenuto in
combinazione con elevate esigenze qualitative è la
tative poste ai motori DEUTZ. I perfezionamenti
atti a migliorare i motori vengono naturalmente
sono un’alternativa economica ai
pezzi di ricambio originali.
es
garanzia per la fabbricazione di motori aventi
lunga durata, elevata affidabilità ed un basso
introdotti anche per i pezzi di ricambio originali.
Soltanto l’uso di pezzi di ricambio originali, fab-
Naturalmente anche qui, come per i
pezzi nuovi, valgono massimi criteri pt
consumo di combustibile. E’naturale che si faccia bricati secondo le più attuali conoscenze, offre la qualitativi. I componenti intercambiablili DEUTZ
fronte anche alle elevate esigenze a favore della
protezione ambientale.
garanzia di un perfetto funzionamento e di elevata
affidabilità.
sono equivalenti ai pezzi di ricambio per ciò che
concerne il loro funzionamento ed affidabilità.
it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Prudenza con il motore acceso Ambianto
fn
In caso di avarie o richieste di ricambi, rivolgersi Eseguire i lavori di manutenzione o di riparazione Le guarnizioni utilizzate per questo
no
immediatamente ai nostri Centri di Assistenza solo con motore spento. Al termine dei lavori ri- motore sono senti da amianto.
autorizzati. Per non diminuire la sicurezza di
funzionamento, tutti i lavori devono essere
montare i dispositivi di sicurezza eventualmente
asportati. Per lavori da eseguire con il motore ac-
Per i lavori di manutenzione e di
riparazione fate uso degli appositi
el
effettuati da personale specializzato servendosi
dell’impiego di ricambi originali.
ceso, l’abbigliamento da lavoro deve aderire bene
al corpo. Fare rifornimento di combustibile solo
ricambi.
tr
con motore spento. Non lasciare il motore acceso
in locali chiusi – pericolo di avvelenamento. ru
ar
pl
3 it © 2000
S1057
Descrizione del motore
de
en 1. Targhetta di fabbricazione 2. Posizione della targhetta di 3. Numero del motore
fr fabbricazione
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da © 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Il tipo di costruzione A, il numero del motore B ed La targhetta di fabbricazione C è fissata all’incastel- Il numero del motore è stampigliato sia
no i dati tecnici sono stampigliati sulla targhetta di
fabbricazione. Per l’acquisto di pezzi di ricambio,
latura. sull’incastellatura come pure sulla targhetta di
fabbricazione.
bisogna indicare il tipo di costruzione ed il numero
el del motore.
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 it
S1057
Ordinazione di pezzi di ricambio
de
Dati di ordinazione en
Ordinazione di pezzi
Per l’ordinazione di pezzi di ricambio originali
DEUTZ, indicare sempre i seguenti dati:
di ricambio fr
- No. del motore No. del motore: es
- Codice d’identificazione No. Cod.
- Unità
progr. Unitá d’identif. Note Gruppo construttivo pt
Struttura della docomentazione it
- Le tavole di questa lista dei pezzi di ricambio
sono suddivise secondo i gruppi costruttivi nl
dei motori
- Gli elementi costruttivi sono specificati nella

sv
vista panoramica del motore
- Il codice d’identificazione 06/59 è costituito dal

da
gruppo costruttivo (per es. 06) e dalla posizione
(per es. 59)
Posizione
fn
Legenda no
Numero dell’elemento costruttivo
-06- (ad esempio 06) el
000 Numero variabile (ad esempio 000)
Numero della pagina (ad esempio. 96)

tr
96
94
Riferimento incrociato alla pagina di ru
continuazione (ad esempio 94)
Simbolo di collegamento
ar
A - compare sempre almeno a coppie
(ad esempio A-A, B-B, C-C, ecc.) pl
5 it © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en DEUTZ: un nome che vuol dire eccellenza! No. d’ordine 0312 0806
fr DEUTZ, da sempre sinonimo di innovazione nel

settore della fabbricazione dei motori, è un
fabbricante indipendente che offre sul mercato
es mondiale una gamma completa di motori diesel
ed a gas di potenza compresa fra 4 e 7400 kW.
pt Noi forniamo prodotti perfettamente adatti alle
specifiche esigenze dei nostri clienti.
it Oggi, più di 1,4 milioni di motori DEUTZ sono in

attività in tutto il mondo. Noi perseguiamo un
duplice obiettivo: garantire la massima affidabilità
nl dei nostri prodotti e garantire un elevato livello di
soddisfazione ai nostri clienti. Ecco perché
sv abbiamo istituito una rete mondiale di partner, la cui
densità è funzione diretta del numero di motori
in attività in ciascuna regione.
da DEUTZ non è solamente un marchio innovatore di
motori, ma anche una gamma completa di servizi in
fn grado di accentuare le loro caratteristiche di affi-
dabilità ed un nome su cui potrete sempre contare. No. d’ordine 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no Il registro Sales & Service vi fornisce una pano-
ramica dei partner DEUTZ più vicini, inclusa la
el gamma di servizi offerti e le famiglie di prodotti per
cui essi possono assicurarvi una manutenzione Reperibile attraverso il Vostro Partner Service DEUTZ AG
specializzata. Qualora non potessero fornirvi un locale oppure presso la: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr aiuto diretto, potranno in ogni caso consigliarvi con
competenza.
D-51057 Köln
ru Il registro è sottoposta ad un regolare aggior-

Telefono: 0049-221-822-0
Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
namento. Se necessario, potrete ottenerne l‘edizione Telex: 8812-0 khd d
ar più recente rivolgendovi al vostro partner DEUTZ. http://www.deutz.de
Il Vostro DEUTZ AG
pl
© 2000 6 it
S1057
Onderdelenlijst
2012
Stempel handelaar
0312 0836
Motornummer:
Geeft u hier a.u.b. het motornummer aan. De behan-

deling van klantenservice-, reparatie- en onderde-
lenkwesties wordt daardoor vereenvoudigd.
Wat de betreft de tekeningen en gegevens in deze

onderdelenlijst blijven technische veranderingen
die ter verbetering van de motoren noodzakelijk
worden, voorbehouden. Elke vorm van nadruk of
vermenigvuldiging, ook bij wijze van uittreksel,
mag uitsluitend met onze schriftelijke toestemming
plaatsvinden.
1 nl © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Voorwoord
de
en Geachte klant, De constructiedelen in deze onderdelenlijst mogen
alleen worden gebruikt worden reparatie van Deutz
fr de vattengekoelde DEUTZ-motoren zijn ontwikkeld voor
een breed spectrum aan toepassingsmogelijkheden.
motoren uit de vermelde bouwserie (gebruik
volgens de voorschriften).
Daarbij wordt door een uitgebreid aanbod variaties Uitvoerige informatie over de correcte inbouw van
es gewaarborgd, dat steeds kan worden voldaan aan
de desbetreffende speciale vereisten.
onderdelen is te vinden in de gebruiksaanwijzing
(onderhoudswerkzaamheden) en de
pt Uw motor is voor de individuele inbouwsituatie uit-
werkplaatshandleiding (reparaties). Voor schade
of persoonlijk letsel dat te wijten is aan niet-
gerust. Dat wil zeggen dat niet alle onderdelen uit de naleving van de desbetreffende voorschriften, is de
it lijst en niet alle componenten voor uw motor van
toepassing zijn.
fabrikant niet aansprakelijk.
nl Hoewel de grafieken niet met alle details weeggege-

ven zijn, kunnen de verschillende uitvoeringen
sv duidelijk onderscheiden worden, zodat u het voor uw
motor rele-vante onderdeel gemakkelijk kunt vinden.
Via positie-, constructie- en motornummer wordt
da in ieder geval het juiste onderdeel bepaald.
Let u bij de bestelling van onderdelen a.u.b. op

fn onze bestelgegevens. Dan kunnen wij u snel en
betrouwbaar de nodige onderdelen op de meest
no actuele stand in overeenstemming met de
uitvoering leveren.
el Voor nadere inlichtingen staan we U graag met

raad en daad terzijde.
tr Met vriendelijke groeten

ru DEUTZ AG
ar
pl
© 2000 2 nl
S1057
Voorwoord
de
DEUTZ-Dieselmotoren DEUTZ Onderdelen DEUTZ tweedehands componenten en
fr
zijn het produkt van vele jaren research en enginee- ondergaan dezelfde strenge kwaliteitscontroles als Tweedehands DEUTZ componen-
ring. Het hierdoor gewonnen, gefundeerde know
how in verbinding met hoge kwaliteitseisen is de
de DEUTZ motoren. Nieuwe ontwikkelingen ter
verbetering van de motoren vinden natuurlijk ook
ten vormen een voordelig alter-
natief voor originele onderdelen.
es
garantie voor de vervaardiging van motoren met
een lange levensduur, hoge betrouwbaarheid en
hun neerslag bij vervangende DEUTZ onderdelen.
Alleen het gebruik van originele DEUTZ onderdelen
Natuurlijk gelden ook hier, net als
bij nieuwe onderdelen, zeer hoge kwaliteitsmaat- pt
een laag brandstofverbruik. Het is vanzelfsprekend die aan de nieuwste ontwikkelingen zijn aangepast, staven. Wat functie en betrouwbaarheid betreft, zijn
dat ook aan de hoge eisen met betrekking tot de
milieubescherming voldaan wordt.
garanderen een onberispelijke functie en een hoge
betrouwbaarheid.
tweedehands DEUTZ componenten gelijkwaardig
aan nieuwe onderdelen.
it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Voorzichtig bij draaiende motor Asbest
fn
Wendt U zich bij berijfsstoringen en bij vragen om- Onderhoudswerkzaamheden en reparaties alleen De pakkingen in deze motor bevat-
no
trent reserveonderdelen tot een van onze Service- bij uitgeschakelde motor doorvoeren. Eventueel ten geen asbest. Gebruikt u bij
vertegenwoordigingen. Ons geschoold vakperso-
neel zorgt in geval van defecten voor snelle en
verwijderde beschermplaten enz. moeten na de
werkzaamheden weer gemonteerd worden. Bij
onderhouds en reparatiewerk-
zaamheden a.u.b. onderdelen van
el
vakkundige reparatie met originele onderdelen. werken aan de draaiende motor moet nauw slui-
tende werkkleding worden gedragen. Motor nooit
dezelfde kwaliteit.
tr
in gesloten ruimten laten lopen – vergiftigingsge-
vaar. ru
ar
pl
3 nl © 2000
S1057
Beschrijving van de motor
de
en 1. Firmaplaat 2. Plaat van de firmaplaat 3. Motornummer
fr
es
A B
pt
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
De constructievorm A, het motornummer B en de De firmaplaat C is aangebracht aan de carter. Het motornummer is op de carter en op de firma-
no vermogensgegevens zijn op de firmaplaat
gestempeld. Bij bestelling van onderdelen moeten
plaat gestempeld.
constructieserie en motornummer worden aan-

el gegeven.
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 nl
S1057
Bestelling von onderdelen
de
Bestelgegevens en
Bestellen van
Bij bestelling van originele DEUTZ onderdelen
dienen de volgende gegevens verstrekt te worden: onderdelen fr
- motornummer Motornr.: es
- identificatienummer Nr. Stuks Ident.nr. Opmerking module pt
- aantal
it
Dokumentationsaufbau
- De afbeeldingen in deze onderdelenlijst zijn
nl
geordend naar deelsamenstelling.
sv
- De constructiegroepen zijn in het overzicht van
de motoren vermeld.
da
- Het identificatienummer (bijv. 06/59) is
opgebouwd uit de deelsamenstelling (bijv. 06),
gevolgd door de positie (bijv. 59).
positic
fn
Verklaring van de symbolen
no
-06- Nummer van de constructiegroep (b.v. 06) el
000 Modificatie cijfer (b.v. 000)
tr
96 Paginanummer (b.v. 96)
Kruisverwijzing naar de volgende pagina

ru
94 (b.v. 94)
ar
A Anslutningssymbol
- verschijnt altijd ten minste paarsgewijs
(b.v. A-A, B-B, C-C etc.)
pl
5 nl © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Te weten, het is DEUTZ. Bestelnr.: 0312 0806
fr Van oudsher staat Deutz in verband met baan-

brekende ontwikkelingen in de motorconstructie.
Als onafhankelijke motorenfabrikant bieden wij
es wereldwijd een compleet assortiment van diesel-
en gas-motoren met een vermogen van 4 tot
pt 7.400 kW aan. Onze producten zijn voortreffelijk op
de eisen van onze klanten afgestemd.
it Wereldwijd verrichten meer dan 1,4 miljoen DEUTZ

motoren precies hun functie. Wij willen de
bedrijfsvaardigheid van onze motoren en daardoor
nl de tevredenheid van onze klanten bewaren. Om die
redenen zijn wij wereldwijd vertegenwoordigd met
sv een net van competente partners waarvan de
dichtheid met de regionale distributie van onze
motoren overeenstemt.
da Zo is DEUTZ niet alleen de naam voor inventieve
motoren maar ook voor een compleet prestatie-
fn pakket omtrent de motor en een service waarop u
kunt vertrouwen. Bestelnr.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no Het register Sales & Service geeft u een overzicht
over de DEUTZ partners in uw buurt, over hun
el product-competenties en serviceprestaties. Maar
ook als er geen directe product-competentie is Verkrijgbaar via uw competente servicepartner ter DEUTZ AG
vermeldt, helpt de DEUTZ partner u verder met een plaatse of bij: Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
tr competent advies. D-51057 Köln
ru Het register wordt permanent geactualiseerd;

vraag bij uw DEUTZ partner naar de meest recente
Tel.: 0049-221-822-0
Fax: 0049-221-822-5304
uitgave. Telex: 8812-0 khd d
Uwe DEUTZ AG
pl
© 2000 6 nl
S1057
Reservdelslista
2012
Närmaste DEUTZ-representant
0312 0836
Motornumret:
För in motornumret här. Du underlättar härigenom

lösning av service-reparations- och reservdelsfrå-
gor.
Vi förbehållar oss rätt till förbättringar av motorerna

utan att därför ändra i denna reservdelslista. För ef-
tertryck och kopiering av något slag fordras vårt
skriftliga medgivande.
1 sv © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Förord
de
en Bäste kund, De i denna reservdelslista upptagna komponenter
ska endast användas vid reparationer på Deutz-
fr DEUTZ vaterkylda motorer har utvecklats för ett
stort användningsområde. Därvid har genom
motorer av angiven typ.
Ur instuktionsboken framgår utförligt hur
många varianter säkerställts att olika speciella for- reservdelarna ska monteras. För motor- och
es dringar uppfylls. personskador som orsakas av felmontering
ansvaras ej.
pt Din motor är utrustad för motsvarande inbyggnad,
d v s alla i reservdelslistan upptagna komponenter
finns ej med på Din motor.
it Trots att alla detaljer inte framgår kan de olika vari-
anterna urskiljas så att delarna för Din motor lätt går
nl att hitta. Med komponentbild- och motornummer
får man i varje fall fram rätt reservdel.
sv Observera vid beställning av reservdelar våra anvis-
ningar så att dessa snabbt och säkert kan levereras
da i senaste utförande.
Vid förfrågningar står vi gärna förfogande.

fn
DEUTZ AG
no
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 sv
S1057
Förord
de
DEUTZ-dieselmotorer DEUTZ-reservdelar DEUTZ utbyteskomponenter en
fr
är produkter av årslånga forskningar och utveck- underkastas lika stränga kvalitetsfordringar som Deutz utbyteskomponenter är ett
lingar. Därigenom vunnet know how tillsammans
med höga kvalitetsfordringar är garanti för tillver-
DEUTZ-motorerna. Vidareutveckling för förbätt-
ring av motorerna görs naturligtvis också på ori-
prisvärt alternativ till original-
reservdelar. Här gäller självklart
es
kning av motorer med lång livslängd, hög tillförlit-
lighet och låg bränsleförbrukning. Självklart upp-
ginal reservdelar. Bara användning av de senaste
originalreservdelar garanterar rätt funktion och
öckså som för nya delar högsta
kvalitet. DEUTZ utbyteskomponen- pt
fylls också kraven på miljöskydd. hög tillförlitlighet. ter är i funktion och tillförlitlighet likvärdiga med
Deutz reservdelar. it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Försiktighet vid motor som är igång Asbest
fn
Vänd er till en av våra servicerepresentanter vid Skötsel eller reparationer får bara utföras vid stilla- Tätningar som används i denna
no
störningar och reservdelsproblem. Vår specialutbil- stående motor. Montera ev borttagna skydd efter motor är asbestfria. Använd så-
dade personal reparerar snabbt och riktigt med
originalreservdelar vid behov.
avslutat arbete. Se vid arbete med motor som är
igång till att arbetskläder ej sitter löst.
dana reservdelar även vid under-
hålls- och reparationsåtgärder.
el
Tanka alltid vid stillastående motor. Kör aldrig mo-
tor i slutna rum – förgiftningsrisk. tr
ru
ar
pl
3 sv © 2000
S1057
Motorbeskrivning
de
en 1. Typskylten 2. Typskyltens placering 3. Motornummer
fr
es
pt A B
it
nl
sv
C
da
© 26 332 3 © 31 488 0 © 31 823 0
fn
Typen A, motornumret B och motordata finns på Typskylten C är fäst på vevhuset. Motornumret är instämplat på vevhuset och på
no typskylten. Vid reservdelsbeställning måste typ och
motornummer anges.
typskylten.
el
tr
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 4 sv
S1057
Beställning av reservdelar
de
Beställningsuppgifter en
För beställning av DEUTZ original reservdelar krävs
följande uppgifter:
Reservdelsbeställning fr
- Motor-nr. Motornr.: es
- Id-nr. Löpnr. Aantal Id-nr. Anmärkning Funktionsgrupp pt
- Antal
it
Dokumentationens uppbyggnad
nl
- Illustrationerna i denna reservdelslista är
sorterade enligt motorns funktionsgrupper. sv
- Konstruktionsgrupperna kommer fram i motor-
listan. da
- Id-numret 06/59 består av funktionsgrupp
(t.ex. 06) och position (t.ex.59).
Position
fn
Symbolerförklaring
no
-06- Konstruktionsgruppnummer (t.ex. 06) el
000 Förändringsnummer (t.ex. 000)
tr
96 Sidnummer (t.ex. 96)
Korsreferens på fortsättningssidan
ru
94 (t.ex. 94)
ar
A Anslutningssymbol
- kommer alltid fram parvis
(t.ex. A-A, B-B, C-C, o.s.v.)
pl
5 sv © 2000
S1057
Service
de
en Att veta, det är DEUTZ Bestell-Nr.: 0312 0806
fr Sedan gammalt står DEUTZ för banbrytande

nytänkande inom motorkonstruktion. Som obero-
ende motortillverkare saluför vi världsom-
es spännande ett komplett sortiment av diesel- och
gasmotorer i effektområdet från 4 till 7400 kW. Våra
pt produkter är skräddarsydda efter våra kunders
krav.
it Över hela världen uträttar mer än 1,4 miljoner

DEUTZ-motorer tillförlitligt sin tjänst.
Insatsberedskapen hos våra motorer och därmed
nl våra kunders belåtenhet vill vi bevara. Därför
representeras vi över hela värden av ett nät av
sv kompetenta partners, vars täthet tillmötesgår våra
motorers regionala distribution.
da Därför är DEUTZ inte bara namnet för motorer med

kreativitet, utan också för ett komplett arbetspaket
runt om motorn och en service, som ni kan lita på.
fn Registret över Sales & Service ger en överblick över Bestell-Nr.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
no DEUTZ-partners i er närhet, över deras produkt-
kompetensområden och servicetjänster. Men även
om inget direkt produktkompetensområde är
el noterat, hjälper DEUTZ-partnern er vidare med
kompetent rådgivning. Kan beställas hos er lokala Deutz-partner eller hos: DEUTZ AG
tr Registret uppdateras kontinuerligt; fråga er
DEUTZ-partner om den senaste upplagan.
D-51057 Köln
ru Telefon:
Telefax:
0049-221-822-0
0049-221-822-5304
Er Deutz AG Telex: 8812-0 khd d
pl
© 2000 6 sv
S1057
Reservedelsliste
2012
Forhandlerens stempel
0312 0836
Motornummer:
Notér motornummeret her. Derved lettes afvik-

lingen i forbindelse med serviceværksted, repara-
tion og bestilling af reservedele.
Ret til tekniske ændringer, som bliver nødvendige til

forbedring af motorerne, forbeholdes. Eftertryk og
mangfoldiggørelse af enhver art, også i uddrag, kun
tilladt med vores skriftlige samtykke.
1 da © 2000
© 2000
S1057
Forord
de
en Kære kunde! De i denne reservedelsliste angivne komponenter
må kun anvendes til reparation af Deutz motorer i
fr De væskekølede motorer fra firmaet DEUTZ er udvik-
let til et bredt anvendelsesspektrum. Derved sikres
den anførte serie (formålsrelevant anvendelse).
Detaljer vedrørende den korrekte montering af
det på grund af det omfattende udbud af varianter, reservedele fremgår af instruktionsbogen (service)
es at de indivi-duelle specielle krav kan opfyldes. samt værkstedshåndbogen (reparation). Produ-
centen påtager sig intet ansvar for skader på
pt Deres motor er udstyret, så den svarer til brugstil-
fældet; d.v.s. at ikke alle elementer og komponenter,
personer eller ting som følge af, at bestemmelserne
i den relavante vejledning ikke er overholdt.
som er afbildet i denne reservedelsliste, er monteret
it på Deres motor.
Selv om de grafiske afbildninger ikke kan vises med

nl alle detaljer, kan man tydeligt se forskel på de enkelte
varianter, så De let kan finde de reservedele, som er
sv relevante til Deres motor. Ved hjælp of positions-,
type- og motornummeret kan man altid finde frem
til den rigtige reservedel.
da Første gang De bestiller reservedele, bedes De
bemærke vore bestillingshenvisninger, så vi hurtigt
fn og korrekt kan finde frem til de nødvendige reserve-
dele i den udfø-relse, som svarer til den nyeste
no ændringstilstand.
Vi står gerne til rådighed, hvis De har spørgsmål.

el
Deres
tr DEUTZ AG
ru
ar
pl
© 2000 2 da
S1057
Forord
de
DEUTZ-dieselmotorer Original dele DEUTZ udskiftningskomponenter en
fr
er produktet af mange års forskning og udvikling. underligger de samme strenge kvalitetskrav som DEUTZ-udskiftningskomponenter
Det velunderbyggede knowhow, vi dermed har vun-
det, i forbindelse med høje kvalitetskrav er Deres
DEUTZ-motorerne. Videreudviklinger til forbedring
af motorerne bliver naturligvis også anvendt ved
er et prisbilligt alternativ til origi-
nale dele. Selvfølgelig gælder
es
garanti for en produktion af motorer med lang leve-
tid, høj pålidelighed og lavt brændstofforbrug. Det
original dele. Kun hvis man anvender originale
dele, som er udfærdiget efter de nyeste erkendels-
også her de højeste kvalitetskrav
– som ved de nye dele. DEUTZ- pt
er en selvfølge, at de høje krav mht. beskyttelsen af er, har man sikkerhed for en upåklagelig funktion udskiftningskomponenter fungerer lige så godt
miljøet også opfyldes. og høj pålidelighed. og er lige så pålidelige som originale dele. it
nl
sv
da
SERVICE Forsigtig, når motoren løber Asbest
fn
I tilfælde af driftsforstyrrelser og ved reservedels- Vedligeholdelsesarbejder og reparationer må kun Pakningerne, som er anvendt til
no
spørgsmål kan De henvende Dem til en af vores an- gennemføres, når motoren er slået fra. Evt. fjernede denne motor, er asbestfrie. An-
svarlige service-repræsentationer. Vores skolede
fagpersonale sørger i tilfælde af skader for en hurtig
beskyttelsesanordninger skal atter monteres på,
når arbejderne er afsluttet. Ved arbejder med løb-
vend venligst ved vedligehol-
delses- og reparationsarbejde
el
og faglig korrekt istandsættelse under anvendelse
af originale dele.
ende motor må man ikke bære løsthængende tøj.
Der må kun fyldes brændstof på med motoren slået
tilsvarende reservedele.
tr
fra. Lad aldrig motoren løbe i lukkede rum – fare for
forgiftning. ru
ar
pl
3 da © 2000
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057
S1057

Spare Parts Gatalogue Getman Parte 1

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Spare Parts Gatalogue Getman Parte 1

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

MANUAL INDEX

A-64 DUNBAR ANFO

1. INTRODUCTION /GENERAL INFORMATION

F1008 PARTS ORDER INSTRUCTIONS

10368 SIGHT GAUGE

3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS

30304 WIRING DIAGRAM

4. ENGINE AND ACCESSORIES

F1011 DEUTZ WARRANTY POLICY

10829 AXLE ORIENTATION

31517 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

31517 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

13905 ELECTRIC SHIFTER

10. MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

S1011 FIRE EXTINGUISHER

1. INTRODUCTION /GENERAL INFORMATION

F1008 PARTS ORDER INSTRUCTIONS

TO AVOID DELAYS AND ASSURE THE MOST EFFICIENT HANDLING, PLEASE

• MODEL TYPE AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER OF YOUR MACHINE.

• NAME, MODEL NUMBER, AND SERIAL NUMBER OF THE ASSEMBLY (SUCH

• PART NUMBER (REFER TO THE CORRECT REPAIR PART NUMBER).

• GIVE COMPLETE PART DESCRIPTION.

• EXACT QUANTITY OF PART REQUIRED. (DO NOT ORDER BY SET UNLESS

• SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS (INCLUDE ROUTING WHEN POSSIBLE).

PLEASE PLACE ALL ORDERS WITH YOUR LOCAL GETMAN DISTRIBUTOR OR

MODEL A-64 TYPE DUNBAR ANFO

SPEC. 3406 SERIAL NO. 6964

Model: DUNBAR ANFO Type: A-64N

Shop No.: 3406 Serial No.: 6964 Truck No.: N/A

Customer: MINERA BISMARK

COMPONENT MANUFACTURER MODEL SPECIFICATION SERIAL NUMBER

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE

Read thoroughly before

INTRODUCTION RELATED MANUALS

SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL

This symbol will appear at various points throughout the manual in

This manual also uses the following messages:

• Never stand when operating a vehicle in motion.

• Never allow riders in vehicles not designated to carry passengers.

• Never dismount from a vehicle unless brakes are set.

• Avoid smoking or open flame around fuel.

• Always be aware of location of nearest fire extinguisher.

• Check operation of brake circuit prior to beginning of each shift.

NAME, WARNING AND CAUTION PLATES

SAFETY NOTICE • Do not allow riders. Passengers must be seated in proper

• Do perform all recommended checks. SERVICE POSITION

• Do operate vehicle with caution. 4. Stop engine.

• Do use parking brake.

• Do place transmission gear selector in neutral (N) when not

• Do enter and exit operator’s compartment carefully. PARKING PROCEDURE

CAUTION STATEMENT 8. EXHAUST SYSTEM

2. FASTENERS 11. FIRE EXTINGUISHER

4. BATTERY AND CABLES

This vehicle is equipped with two red Brake Warning lights

INSTRUMENT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS

10. Boom Light Switch (Optional): Toggle switch to

11. Horn Button: Push to sound horn.

12. Circuit Breakers: Consists of 10, 20 and 30 AMP

13. PLC Reset Switch (Optional): Used to reset engine

14. Glowplug Override Button: Used when engine

15. Glowplug Preheat Indicator: Informs operator

16. Warning Buzzer: Used to alert operator when

17. Start Switch: Turn switch to position 1 for preheat,

INSTRUMENT WARNING PANEL